QoS policy commands -- Traffic class commands -- description

Use description to configure a description for a traffic class.

Use undo description to delete the description of a traffic class.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

No description is configured for a traffic class.

Views

Traffic class view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

text: Specifies a description, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the description as classifier for traffic class class1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] description classifier

QoS policy commands -- Traffic class commands -- display traffic classifier

Use display traffic classifier to display traffic classes.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ classifier-name ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ classifier-name ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ classifier-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined traffic classes.

user-defined: Specifies user-defined traffic classes.

classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic class, this command displays all traffic classes.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the traffic classes for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the traffic classes for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the traffic classes for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the traffic classes for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the traffic classes for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# Display all user-defined traffic classes.

<Sysname> display traffic classifier user-defined

User-defined classifier information:

Classifier: 1 (ID 100)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Classifier: 2 (ID 101)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Classifier: 3 (ID 102)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

# Display the system-defined traffic class (default-class).

<Sysname> display traffic classifier system-defined default-class

System-defined classifier information:

Classifier: default-class (ID 0)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Table 1 Command output

Field | Description
Classifier | Traffic class name and its match criteria.
Operator | Match operator you set for the traffic class. If the operator is AND, the traffic class matches the packets that match all its match criteria. If the operator is OR, the traffic class matches the packets that match any of its match criteria.
Rule(s) | Match criteria.

QoS policy commands -- Traffic class commands -- if-match

Use if-match to define a match criterion.

Use undo if-match to delete a match criterion.

Syntax

if-match [ not ] match-criteria

undo if-match [ not ] match-criteria

Default

No match criterion is configured.

Views

Traffic class view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

not: Matches packets that do not conform to the specified criterion.

match-criteria: Specifies a match criterion. Table 2 shows the available match criteria.

Table 2 Available match criteria

Option | Description
acl [ ipv6 | mac | user-defined ] { acl-number | name acl-name } [ inner ] | Matches an ACL. The value range for the acl-number argument is as follows: ¡¤ 2000 to 3999 for IPv4 ACLs. ¡¤ 2000 to 3999 for IPv6 ACLs. ¡¤ 4000 to 4999 for Layer 2 MAC ACLs. ¡¤ 5000 to 5999 for user-defined ACLs. The acl-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters, which must start with an English letter. To avoid confusion, make sure the argument is not all. The inner keyword specifies an ACL to match the inner packet information of VXLAN packets. If this keyword is specified, an ACL can only match the following packet information: ¡¤ Source IP address. ¡¤ Destination IP address. ¡¤ Source port number. ¡¤ Destination port number. ¡¤ Transport protocol type.
app-group group-name | Matches an application group. The group-name argument specifies a system-defined application group by its name. The value range for this argument varies by device model.
application app-name | Matches an application. The app-name argument specifies a system-defined application by its name. The value range for this argument varies by device model.
any | Matches all packets.
cellular cellular-mode | Match a cellular mode. The cellular-mode argument can be 2g, 3g, or 4g, which matches packets from 2G, 3G, or 4G networks, respectively.
classifier classifier-name | Matches a class. The classifier-name argument specifies a class by its name.
control-plane protocol protocol-name&<1-8> | Matches control plane protocols. The protocol-name&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight system-defined control plane protocols. For available system-defined control plane protocols, see Table 3.
control-plane protocol-group protocol-group-name | Matches a control plane protocol group. The protocol-group-name argument can be critical, exception, important, management, monitor, normal, or redirect.
customer-dot1p dot1p-value&<1-8> | Matches 802.1p priority values in inner VLAN tags of double-tagged packets. The dot1p-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight 802.1p priority values. The value range for the dot1p-value argument is 0 to 7.
customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list | Matches VLAN IDs in inner VLAN tags of double-tagged packets. The vlan-id-list argument specifies a space-separated list of up to 10 VLAN items. Each item specifies a VLAN or a range of VLANs in the form of vlan-id1 to vlan-id2. The value for vlan-id2 must be greater than or equal to the value for vlan-id1. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094.
destination-mac mac-address | Matches a destination MAC address. This option takes effect only on Ethernet interfaces.
dscp dscp-value&<1-8> | Matches DSCP values. The dscp-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DSCP values. The value range for the dscp-value argument is 0 to 63 or keywords shown in Table 7.
forwarding-layer { bridge | route } | Matches Layer 2 forwarded packets or Layer 3 forwarded packets. ¡¤ bridge¡ªMatches Layer 2 forwarded packets. ¡¤ route¡ªMatches Layer 3 forwarded packets.
inbound-interface interface-type interface-number | Matches an input interface specified by its type and number.
ip-precedence ip-precedence-value&<1-8> | Matches IP precedence values. The ip-precedence-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight IP precedence values. The value range for the ip-precedence-value argument is 0 to 7.
local-precedence local-precedence-value&<1-8> | Matches local precedence values. The local-precedence-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range for the local-precedence-value argument is 0 to 7.
mpls-exp exp-value&<1-8> | Matches MPLS EXP values. The exp-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight EXP values. The value range for the exp-value argument is 0 to 7. For software forwarding QoS, MPLS packets do not support IP-related match criteria.
mpls-label { label-value&<1-8> | label-value1 to label-value2 } | Matches MPLS labels. The label-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS label values. The label-value1 to label-value2 option specifies a range of MPLS label values. The value for label-value2 must be greater than or equal to the value for label-value1. The value range for the label-value argument is 0 to 1048575.
mpls { l2vpn | l3vpn } | Matches the MPLS VPN type: ¡¤ l2vpn¡ªMatches L2VPN packets. ¡¤ l3vpn¡ªMatches L3VPN packets.
packet-length { min min-value | max max-value } * | Matches the packet length. The min-value argument specifies the minimum packet length in bytes. The max-value argument specifies the maximum packet length in bytes. The maximum packet length must be greater than or equal to the minimum packet length.
protocol protocol-name | Matches a protocol. The protocol-name argument can be arp, ip, or ipv6.
qos-local-id local-id-value | Matches a local QoS ID in the range of 1 to 4095.
rtp start-port start-port-number end-port end-port-number | Matches RTP protocol ports. The value ranges for the start-port-number and end-port-number arguments are both 2000 to 65535. This criterion matches RTP packets with an even UDP destination port number in the specified RTP port number range.
second-mpls-exp exp-value&<1-8> | Matches inner MPLS EXP values. The exp-value&<1-8> argument is a space-separated list of up to eight EXP values. The value range for the exp-value argument is 0 to 7. For software forwarding QoS, MPLS packets do not support IP-related match criteria.
second-mpls-label { label-value&<1-8> | label-value1 to label-value2 } | Matches inner MPLS labels. The label-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS label values. The label-value1 to label-value2 option specifies a range of MPLS label values. The value for label-value2 must be greater than or equal to the value for label-value1. The value range for the label-value argument is 0 to 1048575.
service-dot1p dot1p-value&<1-8> | Matches 802.1p priority values in outer VLAN tags. The dot1p-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight 802.1p priority values. The value range for the dot1p-value argument is 0 to 7.
service-vlan-id vlan-id-list | Matches VLAN IDs in outer VLAN tags. The vlan-id-list argument specifies a space-separated list of up to 10 VLAN items. Each item specifies a VLAN or a range of VLANs in the form of vlan-id1 to vlan-id2. The value for vlan-id2 must be greater than or equal to the value for vlan-id1. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094. You can use this option to match single-tagged packets.
source-mac mac-address | Matches a source MAC address. This option takes effect only on Ethernet interfaces.
traffic-type { unicast | unknown-unicast | broadcast | multicast } | Matches the packet type: ¡¤ unicast¡ªMatches unicast packets. ¡¤ unknown-unicast¡ªMatches unknown unicast packets. ¡¤ broadcast¡ªMatches broadcast packets. ¡¤ multicast¡ªMatches multicast packets. For a traffic class to match multiple packet types, you must specify the OR operator when creating the class.
tunnel-id tunnel-id | Matches a VXLAN tunnel ID. For the traffic class to take effect, the tunnel must be a VXLAN tunnel.
vlan-tag { double | none | single } | Matches the VLAN tagging mode: ¡¤ double¡ªMatches double-tagged packets. ¡¤ none¡ªMatches packets with no tags. ¡¤ single¡ªMatches single-tagged packets.
vxlan { any | vxlan-id } | Matches a VXLAN ID.

Table 3 Available system-defined control plane protocols

Protocol | Description
default | Protocol packets other than the following packet types
arp | ARP packets
arp-snooping | ARP snooping packets
bfd | BFD packets
bgp | BGP packets
bgp4+ | IPv6 BGP packets
bpdu-tunnel | BPDU tunnel packets
cdp | CDP packets
cfd | CFD packets
dhcp | DHCP packets
dhcp-snooping | DHCP snooping packets
dhcpv6 | IPv6 DHCP packets
dldp | DLDP packets
dot1x | 802.1X packets
ftp | FTP packets
gmrp | GMRP packets
hoplimit-expires | Hop-limit expire packets
http | HTTP packets
https | HTTPS packets
icmp | ICMP packets
icmpv6 | ICMPv6 packets
igmp | IGMP packets
igmp-snooping | IGMP snooping packets
ip-option | IPv4 packets with the Options field
ipv6-option | IPv6 packets with the Options field
irdp | IRDP packets
isis | IS-IS packets
lacp | LACP packets
ldp | LDP packets
ldp6 | IPv6 LDP packets
lldp | LLDP packets
mld | MLD packets
msdp | MSDP packets
mvrp | MVRP packets (including GVRP packets)
ntp | NTP packets
oam | OAM packets
ospf-multicast | OSPF multicast packets
ospf-unicast | OSPF unicast packets
ospf3-multicast | OSPFv3 multicast packets
ospf3-unicast | OSPFv3 unicast packets
pim-multicast | PIM multicast packets
pim-unicast | PIM unicast packets
pim6-multicast | IPv6 PIM multicast packets
pim6-unicast | IPv6 PIM unicast packets
portal | Portal packets
pppoe-negotiation | PPPoE negotiation packets
pvst | PVST packets
radius | RADIUS packets
rip | RIP packets
ripng | RIPng packets
rrpp | RRPP packets
rsvp | RSVP packets
smart-link | SmartLink packets
snmp | SNMP packets
ssh | SSH packets
stp | STP packets
tacacs | TACACS packets
telnet | Telnet packets
tftp | TFTP packets
ttl-expires | TTL expire packets
udld | UDLD packets
udp-helper | UDP helper packets
vrrp | VRRP packets
vrrp6 | IPv6 VRRP packets
vtp | VTP packets

‌

Usage guidelines

In a traffic class with the logical OR operator, you can configure multiple if match commands for any of the available match criteria.

When you configure a match criterion that can have multiple values in one if-match command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

¡¤ You can specify up to eight values for any of the following match criteria in one if-match command:

¡ Control plane protocol.

¡ 802.1p priority.

¡ DSCP.

¡ IP precedence.

¡ Local precedence.

¡ MPLS EXP.

¡ MPLS label.

¡ VLAN ID.

¡¤ If a packet matches one of the specified values, it matches the if-match command.

¡¤ To delete a criterion that has multiple values, the specified values in the undo if-match command must be the same as those specified in the if-match command. The order of the values can be different.

When you configure ACL-based match criteria, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

¡¤ If the ACL used as a match criterion does not exist, the traffic class cannot be applied to hardware.

¡¤ Before defining a criterion to match the inner packet information of VXLAN packets in a traffic class, you must use the if-match vxlan command to define a VXLAN ID match criterion.

¡¤ If a traffic class includes two ACL match criteria that match inner and outer packet information, follow these restrictions:

¡ Each ACL can contain only one rule.

¡ The rule in the ACL for matching the outer packet information can match only source IP addresses.

¡¤ On some devices, if the ACL contains deny rules, the if-match command is ignored and the matching process continues.

¡¤ On some devices, the ACL is used for classification only and the permit/deny actions in ACL rules are ignored. Actions taken on matching packets are defined in traffic behaviors.

You can use both AND and OR operators to define the match relationships between the criteria for a class. For example, you can define relationships among three match criteria in traffic class classA as follows:

traffic classifier classB operator and

if-match criterion 1

if-match criterion 2

traffic classifier classA operator or

if-match criterion 3

if-match classifier classB

Examples

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the inner packet information of VXLAN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match vxlan any

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl 3000 inner

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a destination MAC address of 0050-ba27-bed3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match destination-mac 0050-ba27-bed3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class2 to match the packets with a source MAC address of 0050-ba27-bed2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class2

[Sysname-classifier-class2] if-match source-mac 0050-ba27-bed2

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the double-tagged packets with 802.1p priority 3 in the inner VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match customer-dot1p 3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with 802.1p priority 5 in the outer VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match service-dot1p 5

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match advanced ACL 3101.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl 3101

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the ACL named flow.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl name flow

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match advanced IPv6 ACL 3101.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl ipv6 3101

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the IPv6 ACL named flow.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl ipv6 name flow

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match all packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match any

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a DSCP value of 1, 6, or 9.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match dscp 1 6 9

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with an IP precedence value of 1 or 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match ip-precedence 1 6

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a local precedence value of 1 or 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match local-precedence 1 6

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match IP packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match protocol ip

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the RTP packets with even UDP destination port numbers in the range of 16384 to 32767.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match rtp start-port 16384 end-port 32767

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match double-tagged packets with VLAN ID 1, 6, or 9 in the inner VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match customer-vlan-id 1 6 9

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with VLAN ID 2, 7, or 10 in the outer VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match service-vlan-id 2 7 10

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a local QoS ID of 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match qos-local-id 3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets of the application group multimedia.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match app-group multimedia

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets of the application 3link.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match application 3link

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets with MPLS labels in the range of 1 to 10000.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match mpls-label 1 to 10000

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match MPLS L2VPN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match mpls l2vpn

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match Layer 2 forwarded packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match forwarding-layer bridge

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match ARP protocol packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match control-plane protocol arp

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets of the protocols in protocol group normal.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match control-plane protocol-group normal

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match multicast packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match traffic-type multicast

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the VXLAN packets with tunnel ID 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match tunnel-id 2

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match double-tagged packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match vlan-tag double

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with VXLAN 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match vxlan 10

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets with the length in the range of 100 to 200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match packet-length min 100 max 200

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets from 3G networks.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match cellular 3g

QoS policy commands -- Traffic class commands -- traffic classifier

Use traffic classifier to create a traffic class and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing traffic class.

Use undo traffic classifier to delete a traffic class.

Syntax

traffic classifier classifier-name [ operator { and | or } ]

undo traffic classifier classifier-name

Default

No traffic classes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

classifier-name: Specifies a name for the traffic class, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

operator: Sets the operator to logic AND (the default) or OR for the traffic class.

and: Specifies the logic AND operator. The traffic class matches the packets that match all its criteria.

or: Specifies the logic OR operator. The traffic class matches the packets that match any of its criteria.

Examples

# Create a traffic class named class1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1]

Related commands

display traffic classifier

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- accounting

Use accounting to configure a traffic accounting action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting [ byte | packet ] *

undo accounting

Default

No traffic accounting action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

byte: Counts traffic in bytes.

packet: Counts traffic in packets.

Usage guidelines

Whether traffic can be counted in both bytes and packets depends on the device model.

If only one measurement unit is supported or the measurement unit is not configurable, the byte and packet keywords are not available. The device automatically determines the measurement unit.

You must configure the accounting command with either the byte or packet keyword when the following conditions exist:

¡¤ Traffic can be counted both in bytes and in packets.

¡¤ Only one measurement unit can be used at a time.

If traffic can be counted both in bytes and packets, the byte and packet keywords are optional. If you specify neither measurement unit, the device uses the default measurement unit, which depends on the device model.

The accounting action in a QoS policy does not take effect if the QoS policy is applied globally.

Examples

# Configure a traffic accounting action in traffic behavior database to count traffic in bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] accounting byte

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- car

Use car to configure a CAR action in absolute value in a traffic behavior.

Use undo car to restore the default.

Syntax

car cir [ pps ] committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] * [ hierarchy-car hierarchy-car-name [ mode { and | or } ] ]

car cir [ pps ] committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir [ pps ] peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] * [ hierarchy-car hierarchy-car-name [ mode { and | or } ] ]

undo car

Default

No CAR action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the committed information rate (CIR) in kbps or pps, which is an average traffic rate. If you specify the pps keyword, the CIR is specified in pps. If you do not specify the pps keyword, the CIR is specified in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the committed burst size (CBS) in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the excess burst size (EBS) in bytes. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the peak information rate (PIR) in kbps or pps. If you specify the pps keyword, the PIR is specified in pps. If you do not specify the pps keyword, the PIR is specified in kbps. The PIR must be specified in the same unit as the CIR. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

green action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the CIR. The default setting is pass.

red action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to neither CIR nor PIR. The default setting is discard.

yellow action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the PIR but not to the CIR. The default setting is pass.

action: Sets the action to take on the packet:

¡¤ discard: Drops the packet.

¡¤ pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-pass new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-atmclp is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet to new-dscp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63.

¡¤ remark-frde-pass new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and permits the packet to pass through. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-lp-pass new-local-precedence: Sets the local precedence value of the packet to new-local-precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-local-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet to new-precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

hierarchy-car-name: Specifies the name of the used hierarchical CAR action.

mode: Specifies the collaborating mode of the hierarchical CAR action and the common CAR action:

¡¤ and: Specifies the AND mode (the default mode). In this mode, the traffic rate of a flow is limited by both the common CAR and the total traffic rate defined with hierarchical CAR.

¡¤ or: Specifies the OR mode. In this mode, a flow can perform one of the following operations:

¡ Pass through at the rate equal to the common CAR applied to it.

¡ Pass through at a higher rate if the total traffic rate of all flows does not exceed the hierarchical CAR.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

If you execute the car command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure a CAR action in traffic behavior database:

¡¤ Set the CIR to 200 kbps, CBS to 51200 bytes, and EBS to 0.

¡¤ Transmit the conforming packets, and mark the excess packets with DSCP value 0 and transmit them.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] car cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 green pass red remark-dscp-pass 0

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- car percent

Use car percent to configure a CAR action in percentage in a traffic behavior.

Use undo car to restore the default.

Syntax

car cir percent cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] * [ hierarchy-car hierarchy-car-name [ mode { and | or } ] ]

car cir percent cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time ] pir percent pir-percent [ ebs ebs-time ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] * [ hierarchy-car hierarchy-car-name [ mode { and | or } ] ]

undo car

Default

No CAR action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cir percent cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and value range for the cbs-time argument vary by device model.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and value range for the ebs-time argument vary by device model.

pir percent pir-percent: Specifies the PIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The PIR value must be greater than or equal to the CIR value.

green action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the CIR. The default is pass.

red action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the PIR but not to the CIR. The default is pass.

action: Sets the action to take on the packet:

¡¤ continue: Continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy.

¡¤ discard: Drops the packet.

¡¤ pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-continue new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-pass new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet to new-dscp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-frde-continue new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-frde-pass new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and permits the packet to pass through. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-lp-continue new-lp: Sets the local precedence value of the packet to new-lp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-lp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-lp-pass new-lp: Sets the local precedence value of the packet to new-lp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-lp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet to new-precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

hierarchy-car-name: Specifies the name of the used hierarchical CAR action.

mode: Specifies the collaborating mode of the hierarchical CAR action and the common CAR action:

¡¤ and: Specifies the AND mode (the default mode). In this mode, the traffic rate of a flow is limited by both the common CAR and the total traffic rate defined with hierarchical CAR.

¡¤ or: Specifies the OR mode. In this mode, a flow can perform one of the following operations:

¡ Pass through at the rate equal to the common CAR applied to it.

¡ Pass through at a higher rate if the total traffic rate of all flows does not exceed the hierarchical CAR.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the car percent command with the pir percent pir-percent option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the car percent command without the pir percent pir-percent option.

A QoS policy that uses a traffic behavior configured with percentage-based CAR can be applied in the inbound or outbound direction of an interface.

If you execute the car percent command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based CAR can be applied only to interfaces.

The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á bandwidth. The actual PIR value is pir-percent ¡Á bandwidth. In the policy nesting case, the bandwidth used for the CIR and PIR calculations is determined by using the following rules:

¡¤ The top policy uses the interface bandwidth.

¡¤ A child policy uses the CIR value in GTS configured in the behavior of the child policy.

¡¤ If the CIR value is not available in the behavior, the child policy uses the CIR value in GTS configured in the behavior of the higher-level policy.

¡¤ If the CIR value is not available in the behavior of the higher-level policy, the child policy uses the interface bandwidth.

Examples

# Configure a CAR action in percentage in traffic behavior database. The CAR parameters are as follows: CIR is 20% and CBS is 100 ms.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] car cir percent 20 cbs 100

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- display traffic behavior

Use display traffic behavior to display traffic behaviors.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined traffic behaviors.

user-defined: Specifies user-defined traffic behaviors.

behavior-name: Specifies a behavior by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic behavior, this command displays all traffic behaviors.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays traffic behaviors for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the traffic behaviors for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the traffic behaviors for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the traffic behaviors for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the traffic behaviors for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# Display all user-defined traffic behaviors.

<Sysname> display traffic behavior user-defined

User-defined behavior information:

Behavior: 1 (ID 100)

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Primap pre-defined table: dscp-dp

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 30 (kbps)

Discard Method: Tail

Behavior: 2 (ID 101)

Accounting enable: Packet

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Redirecting:

Redirect to the CPU

Mirroring:

Mirror to the VLAN: VLAN 1000

Expedited Forwarding:

Bandwidth 50 (kbps) CBS 1250 (Bytes)

Behavior: 3 (ID 102)

-none-

# Display all system-defined traffic behaviors.

<Sysname> display traffic behavior system-defined

System-defined behavior information:

Behavior: be (ID 0)

-none-

Behavior: af (ID 1)

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%)

Discard Method: Tail

Behavior: ef (ID 2)

Expedited Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%) Cbs-ratio 25

Behavior: be-flow-based (ID 3)

Flow based Weighted Fair Queue:

Max number of hashed queues: 256

Discard Method: IP Precedence based WRED

Exponential Weight: 9

Pre Low High Dis-prob

-------------------------

0 10 30 10

1 10 30 10

2 10 30 10

3 10 30 10

4 10 30 10

5 10 30 10

6 10 30 10

7 10 30 10

Table 4 Command output

Field | Description
Behavior | Name and contents of a traffic behavior.
Marking | Information about priority marking.
Remark dscp | Action of setting the DSCP value for packets.
Committed Access Rate | Information about the CAR action.
Green action | Action to take on green packets.
Yellow action | Action to take on yellow packets.
Red action | Action to take on red packets.
Primap pre-defined table | Information about pre-defined priority maps. For more information, see "Priority map commands."
Primap color-map-dp | Information about colored priority maps.
Primap pre-defined color table | Information about pre-defined colored priority maps. For more information, see "Priority map commands."
Assured Forwarding | Assure forwarding (AF) information.
Bandwidth | Bandwidth of the queue.
Accounting enable | Class-based accounting action.
Filter enable | Traffic filtering action.
Remark mpls-exp | Action of setting the MPLS EXP value for packets.
Redirecting | Information about traffic redirecting.
Mirroring | Information about traffic mirroring.
Expedited Forwarding | Expedited forwarding (EF) information.
none | No other traffic behavior is configured.
Exponential Weight | Exponent for average queue size calculation
Pre | IP precedence.
Low | Lower threshold of the queue.
High | Upper threshold of the queue.
Dis-prob | Denominator for drop probability calculation.

‌

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- filter

Use filter to configure a traffic filtering action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo filter to restore the default.

Syntax

filter { deny | permit }

undo filter

Default

No traffic filtering action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

deny: Drops packets.

permit: Transmits packets.

Examples

# Configure a traffic filtering action as deny in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] filter deny

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- gts

Use gts to configure a GTS action in absolute value in a traffic behavior.

Use undo gts to restore the default.

Syntax

gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo gts

Default

No GTS action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Sets the CIR in kbps, which specifies the average traffic rate. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Sets the CBS in bytes, which specifies the size of bursty traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Sets the EBS in bytes. The default and the value range for peak-information-rate vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Sets the PIR in kbps. The PIR cannot be smaller than the CIR. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

queue-length queue-length: Sets the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default is 50. The value range for queue-length varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic shaping, configure the gts command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic shaping, configure the gts command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with GTS can be applied only to the outbound direction of an interface.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with GTS overwrites the qos gts command on the interface, if both are configured.

If you execute the gts command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure a GTS action in absolute value in traffic behavior database. The GTS parameters are as follows: CIR is 200 kbps, CBS is 51200 bytes, EBS is 0, and the maximum queue length is 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] gts cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 queue-length 100

Related commands

gts percent

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- gts percent

Use gts percent to configure a GTS action in percentage in a traffic behavior.

Use undo gts to restore the default.

Syntax

gts percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo gts

Default

No GTS action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The default cbs-time is 500 milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The value range for cbs-time varies by device model.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The default ebs-time is 0 milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The value range for ebs-time varies by device model.

queue-length queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default is 50. The value range for queue-length varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based GTS can be applied only to the outbound direction of an interface.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based GTS overwrites the qos gts command on the interface, if both configured.

If you execute the gts percent command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure a GTS action in percentage in traffic behavior database. The GTS parameters are as follows: CIR is 50 and CBS is 200 ms.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] gts percent cir 50 cbs 200

Related commands

gts

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- mac-address mac-learning enable

Use mac-address mac-learning enable to enable MAC address learning for a traffic behavior.

Use undo mac-address mac-learning enable to disable MAC address learning for a traffic behavior.

Syntax

mac-address mac-learning enable

undo mac-address mac-learning enable

Default

MAC address learning is enabled for a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

To prevent the MAC address table from being saturated when the device is experiencing attacks, disable MAC address learning. For example, you can disable MAC address learning to prevent the device from being attacked by a large number of frames with different source MAC addresses.

Disabling MAC address learning in a traffic behavior takes effect only if the QoS policy is applied to the inbound direction of an interface or globally.

Disabling MAC address learning has the following impacts:

¡¤ The device does not learn new MAC addresses of packets that match the QoS policy and therefore cannot update MAC address changes in real time.

¡¤ The device floods packets that do not match an entry in the MAC address table.

As a best practice, configure broadcast storm suppression on the interface that has the QoS policy applied. For information about broadcast storm suppression, see Layer 2¡ªLAN Switching Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Disable MAC address learning in traffic behavior data.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior data

[Sysname-behavior-data] undo mac-address mac-learning enable

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- nest top-most

Use nest top-most to configure an outer VLAN tag adding action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo nest top-most to restore the default.

Syntax

nest top-most vlan vlan-id [ dot1p 802.1p ]

undo nest top-most

Default

No outer VLAN tag adding action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

vlan-id vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN ID to be added in the outer VLAN tag, in the range of 1 to 4094.

dot1p 802.1p: Specifies an 802.1p priority value to be added in the outer VLAN tag, in the range of 0 to 7. If you do not specify this option, the 802.1p priority value for the outer VLAN tag is the same as that in the inner VLAN tag.

Usage guidelines

If a QoS policy contains an outer VLAN tag adding action, apply it only to the incoming traffic of an interface.

If you execute the nest top-most command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior b1 to add an outer VLAN tag with VLAN ID 123 and 802.1p priority value 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior b1

[Sysname-behavior-b1] nest top-most vlan 123 dot1p 3

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- packet-rate

Use packet-rate to configure a protocol packet rate limiting action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo packet-rate to restore the default.

Syntax

packet-rate value

undo packet-rate

Default

No protocol packet rate limiting action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

value: Specifies the protocol packet rate in pps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

Protocol packet rate limiting can protect the CPU against protocol packet attacks.

If you execute the packet-rate command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior copp to rate limit the protocol packets sent to the CPU to 1600 pps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior copp

[Sysname-behavior-copp] packet-rate 1600

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- primap color-map-dp

Use primap color-map-dp to configure the action of mapping packet colors to drop priority values in a traffic behavior.

Use undo primap color-map-dp to restore the default.

Syntax

primap color-map-dp

undo primap color-map-dp

Default

No priority mapping action is configured in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

This command must be used in conjunction with the car or car percent command.

The packet color-to-drop priority mappings are fixed.

¡¤ The color red is mapped to drop priority 2.

¡¤ The color yellow is mapped to drop priority 1.

¡¤ The color green is mapped to drop priority 0.

Examples

# Configure the action of mapping packet colors to drop priority values in traffic behavior behavior1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] car cir 1600

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] primap color-map-dp

Related commands

primap pre-defined

primap pre-defined color

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- primap pre-defined

Use primap pre-defined to configure the action of mapping source precedence to target precedence through the specified priority mapping table in a traffic behavior.

Use undo primap pre-defined to delete the action.

Syntax

primap pre-defined { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p | dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

undo primap pre-defined { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p | dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

Default

No priority mapping action is configured in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pre-defined: Specifies predefined priority mapping tables.

The device provides the following types of priority map.

Table 5 Priority maps

Priority mapping | Description
dot11e-lp | 802.11e-local priority map.
dot1p-dot1p | 802.1p-802.1p priority map.
dot1p-dp | 802.1p-drop priority map.
dot1p-dscp | 802.1p-DSCP priority map.
dot1p-exp | 802.1p-EXP priority map.
dot1p-lp | 802.1p-local priority map.
dot1p-rpr | 802.1p-RPR priority map.
dscp-dot1p | DSCP-802.1p priority map.
dscp-dp | DSCP-drop priority map.
dscp-dscp | DSCP-DSCP priority map.
dscp-exp | DSCP-EXP priority map.
dscp-lp | DSCP-local priority map.
dscp-rpr | DSCP-RPR priority map.
exp-dot1p | EXP-802.1p priority map.
exp-dp | EXP-drop priority map.
exp-dscp | EXP-DSCP priority map.
exp-exp | EXP-EXP priority map.
exp-lp | EXP-local priority map.
exp-rpr | EXP-RPR priority map.
ippre-rpr | IP-RPR priority map.
lp-dot11e | Local-802.11e priority map.
lp-dot1p | Local-802.1p priority map.
lp-dp | Local-drop priority map.
lp-dscp | Local-DSCP priority map.
lp-exp | Local-EXP priority map.
lp-lp | Local-local priority map.
up-dot1p | User-802.1p priority map.
up-dp | User-drop priority map.
up-dscp | User-DSCP priority map.
up-exp | User-EXP priority map.
up-fc | User-forwarding-class priority map.
up-lp | User-local priority map.
up-rpr | User-RPR priority map.
up-up | User-user priority map.

Examples

# Specify a DSCP-to-drop mapping table in traffic behavior behavior1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] primap pre-defined dscp-dp

Related commands

display qos map-table

primap color-map-dp

primap pre-defined color

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- primap pre-defined color

Use primap pre-defined color to configure the action of mapping source precedence to target precedence through the specified colored priority mapping table for a traffic behavior.

Use undo primap pre-defined color to delete the action.

Syntax

primap pre-defined color { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p | dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

undo primap pre-defined color { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p | dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

Default

No priority mapping action is configured in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pre-defined: Specifies predefined priority mapping tables.

color: Uses colored priority mapping tables for priority mapping.

The device provides the following types of priority map.

Table 6 Priority maps

Priority mapping | Description
dot11e-lp | 802.11e-local priority map.
dot1p-dot1p | 802.1p-802.1p priority map.
dot1p-dp | 802.1p-drop priority map.
dot1p-dscp | 802.1p-DSCP priority map.
dot1p-exp | 802.1p-EXP priority map.
dot1p-lp | 802.1p-local priority map.
dot1p-rpr | 802.1p-RPR priority map.
dscp-dot1p | DSCP-802.1p priority map.
dscp-dp | DSCP-drop priority map.
dscp-dscp | DSCP-DSCP priority map.
dscp-exp | DSCP-EXP priority map.
dscp-lp | DSCP-local priority map.
dscp-rpr | DSCP-RPR priority map.
exp-dot1p | EXP-802.1p priority map.
exp-dp | EXP-drop priority map.
exp-dscp | EXP-DSCP priority map.
exp-exp | EXP-EXP priority map.
exp-lp | EXP-local priority map.
exp-rpr | EXP-RPR priority map.
ippre-rpr | IP-RPR priority map.
lp-dot11e | Local-802.11e priority map.
lp-dot1p | Local-802.1p priority map.
lp-dp | Local-drop priority map.
lp-dscp | Local-DSCP priority map.
lp-exp | Local-EXP priority map.
lp-lp | Local-local priority map.
up-dot1p | User-802.1p priority map.
up-dp | User-drop priority map.
up-dscp | User-DSCP priority map.
up-exp | User-EXP priority map.
up-fc | User-forwarding class priority map.
up-lp | User-local priority map.
up-rpr | User-RPR priority map.
up-up | User-user priority map.

Usage guidelines

This command must be used in conjunction with the car or car percent command.

Examples

# Configure the action of mapping DSCP values to drop priority through the colored DSCP-to-drop mapping table in traffic behavior behavior1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] car cir 1600

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] primap pre-defined color dscp-dp

Related commands

display qos map-table color

primap color-map-dp

primap pre-defined

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- redirect

Use redirect to configure a traffic redirecting action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo redirect to restore the default.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number [ track-oap ] [ vlan vlan-id ] | next-hop { ipv4-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv4-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] | ipv6-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv6-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] } | vsi vsi-name }

undo redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number | next-hop | vsi vsi-name }

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number [ track-oap ] [ vlan vlan-id ] | next-hop { ipv4-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv4-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] | ipv6-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv6-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] } | vsi vsi-name | slot slot-number }

undo redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number | next-hop | vsi vsi-name | slot slot-number }

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number [ track-oap ] [ vlan vlan-id ] | next-hop { ipv4-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv4-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] | ipv6-add1 [ track track-entry-number ] [ ipv6-add2 [ track track-entry-number ] ] } | vsi vsi-name | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number }

undo redirect { cpu | failover group group-name | interface interface-type interface-number | next-hop | vsi vsi-name | chassis chassis-number slot slot-number }

Default

No traffic redirecting action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cpu: Redirects traffic to the CPU.

failover group group-name: Redirects traffic to a failover group specified by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

interface interface-type interface-number: Redirects traffic to an interface specified by its type and number. To redirect traffic to a tunnel interface, set the interface type to tunnel. To redirect traffic to a Layer 2 aggregate interface, set the interface type to bridge-aggregation. To redirect traffic to a Layer 3 aggregate interface, set the interface type to route-aggregation.

track-oap: Associates the redirecting action with the status of the OAP client if you have specified the internal interface on an OAP module or an interface that connects the device to a standalone service component. The device redirects traffic to the specified interface only if the OAP client is registered with the OAP manager. For more information about OAP clients, see OAA Configuration Guide.

vlan vlan-id: Tags traffic redirected to an interface with the VLAN tag specified by vlan-id in the range of 1 to 4094.

next-hop: Redirects traffic to a next hop.

ipv4-add1: Specifies the primary next hop IPv4 address. If traffic fails to be redirected to this IPv4 address, the traffic is redirected to the secondary IPv4 address.

ipv4-add2: Specifies the secondary next hop IPv4 address.

ipv6-add1: Specifies the primary next hop IPv6 address. If traffic fails to be redirected to this IPv6 address, the traffic is redirected to the secondary IPv6 address.

ipv6-add2: Specifies the secondary next hop IPv6 address.

track track-entry-number: Specifies a track entry by its ID in the range of 1 to 1024. Different track entries can be specified for primary and secondary IP addresses. By specifying track entries, you can associate traffic redirection with detection modules, such as NQA and BFD (see High Availability Configuration Guide).

vsi vsi-name: Redirects traffic to a virtual station interface (VSI) specified by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

slot slot-number: Redirects traffic to a card specified by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Redirects traffic to an IRF member device specified by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Redirects traffic to an IRF member device specified by its member ID or to a PEX specified by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Redirects traffic to a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Redirects traffic to a card on an IRF member device or to a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Usage guidelines

If you execute the redirect command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

For successful traffic redirection, make sure the next hop IP address is reachable. If both primary and secondary next hop IP addresses are specified, make sure a minimum of one IP address is reachable. The redirection feature periodically looks up the routing table to verify the reachability of next hop IP addresses. If track entries are specified, the redirection feature verifies the reachability of the next hop IP addresses based on the Track detection result. If both primary and secondary next hop IP addresses are unreachable, traffic redirection to a next hop does not take effect.

Examples

# Configure redirecting traffic to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] redirect interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

# Configure redirecting traffic to a next hop in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] redirect next-hop 10.55.66.1 track 1 10.55.88.1 track 2

Related commands

classifier behavior

qos policy

traffic behavior

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark customer-vlan-id

Use remark customer-vlan-id to configure a CVLAN marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark customer-vlan-id to restore the default.

Syntax

remark customer-vlan-id vlan-id

undo remark customer-vlan-id

Default

No CVLAN marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

vlan-id: Specifies a CVLAN ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior b1 to mark matching packets with CVLAN 111.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior b1

[Sysname-behavior-b1] remark customer-vlan-id 111

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark dot1p

Use remark dot1p to configure an 802.1p priority marking action or an inner-to-outer tag priority copying action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark dot1p to restore the default.

Syntax

remark [ green | red | yellow ] dot1p dot1p-value

undo remark [ green | red | yellow ] dot1p

remark dot1p customer-dot1p-trust

undo remark dot1p

Default

No 802.1p priority marking action or inner-to-outer tag priority copying action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

customer-dot1p-trust: Copies the 802.1p priority value in the inner VLAN tag to the outer VLAN tag.

Usage guidelines

The remark dot1p dot1p-value and remark dot1p customer-dot1p-trust commands override each other in the same traffic behavior. The remark dot1p customer-dot1p-trust command does not take effect on single-tagged packets.

If you execute the remark dot1p dot1p-value command multiple times for the same color, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with 802.1p 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark dot1p 2

# Configure an inner-to-outer tag priority copying action in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark dot1p customer-dot1p-trust

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark drop-precedence

Use remark drop-precedence to configure a drop priority marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark drop-precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

remark drop-precedence drop-precedence-value

undo remark drop-precedence

Default

No drop priority marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

drop-precedence-value: Specifies the drop priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 2.

Usage guidelines

A traffic behavior that includes a drop priority marking action can be applied only to the inbound direction.

If you execute the remark drop-precedence command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with drop priority 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark drop-precedence 2

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark dscp

Use remark dscp to configure a DSCP marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark dscp to delete the action.

Syntax

remark [ green | red | yellow ] dscp dscp-value

undo remark [ green | red | yellow ] dscp

Default

No DSCP marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value, which can be a number from 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 7.

Table 7 DSCP keywords and values

Keyword | DSCP value (binary) | DSCP value (decimal)
af11 | 001010 | 10
af12 | 001100 | 12
af13 | 001110 | 14
af21 | 010010 | 18
af22 | 010100 | 20
af23 | 010110 | 22
af31 | 011010 | 26
af32 | 011100 | 28
af33 | 011110 | 30
af41 | 100010 | 34
af42 | 100100 | 36
af43 | 100110 | 38
cs1 | 001000 | 8
cs2 | 010000 | 16
cs3 | 011000 | 24
cs4 | 100000 | 32
cs5 | 101000 | 40
cs6 | 110000 | 48
cs7 | 111000 | 56
default | 000000 | 0
ef | 101110 | 46

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with DSCP 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark dscp 6

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark ip-precedence

Use remark ip-precedence to configure an IP precedence marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark ip-precedence to delete the action.

Syntax

remark [ green | red | yellow ] ip-precedence ip-precedence-value

undo remark [ green | red | yellow ] ip-precedence

Default

No IP precedence marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

ip-precedence-value: Specifies the IP precedence value to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Examples

# Set the IP precedence to 6 for packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark ip-precedence 6

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark local-precedence

Use remark local-precedence to configure a local precedence marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark local-precedence to delete the action.

Syntax

remark [ green | red | yellow ] local-precedence local-precedence-value

undo remark [ green | red | yellow ] local-precedence

Default

No local precedence marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

local-precedence-value: Specifies the local precedence to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with local precedence 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark local-precedence 2

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark qos-local-id

Use remark qos-local-id to configure a local QoS ID marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark qos-local-id to restore the default.

Syntax

remark qos-local-id local-id-value

undo remark qos-local-id

Default

No local QoS ID marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

local-id-value: Specifies the local QoS ID to be marked for packets, in the range of 1 to 4095.

Usage guidelines

You can use one QoS policy to mark the local QoS ID for packets in the inbound direction. Then, you can use another QoS policy to apply other QoS features in the outbound direction based on the marked local QoS ID.

If you execute the remark qos-local-id command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the action of marking packets with local QoS ID 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark qos-local-id 2

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark service-class

Use remark service-class to configure an MPLS TE service class marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark service-class to restore the default.

Syntax

remark service-class service-class-value

undo remark service-class

Default

No MPLS TE service class marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

service-class-value: Specifies the MPLS TE service class to be marked for packets. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

If the remark service-class command is configured in a QoS policy:

¡¤ On a device that forward packets in software, the QoS policy can be applied only to the inbound direction of an interface.

¡¤ On a device that forward packets in hardware, the QoS policy can be applied only to an interface. The remark service-class command takes effect only in the inbound direction of an interface. You can use the display qos policy interface command to display the traffic behaviors that do not take effect.

If you execute the remark service-class command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You can use the mpls te service-class command to configure an MPLS TE service class value. For more information about this command, see MPLS Command Reference.

Examples

# Configure the action of marking MPLS TE service class 2 for packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior data

[Sysname-behavior-data] remark service-class 2

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- remark service-vlan-id

Use remark service-vlan-id to configure an SVLAN marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark service-vlan-id to restore the default.

Syntax

remark service-vlan-id vlan-id

undo remark service-vlan-id

Default

No SVLAN marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

vlan-id: Specifies an SVLAN ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior b1 to mark matching packets with SVLAN 222.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior b1

[Sysname-behavior-b1] remark service-vlan-id 222

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- traffic behavior

Use traffic behavior to create a traffic behavior and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing traffic behavior.

Use undo traffic behavior to delete a traffic behavior.

Syntax

traffic behavior behavior-name

undo traffic behavior behavior-name

Default

No traffic behaviors exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

behavior-name: Specifies a name for the traffic behavior, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Create a traffic behavior named behavior1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1]

Related commands

display traffic behavior

QoS policy commands -- Traffic behavior commands -- traffic-policy

Use traffic-policy to nest a policy in a traffic behavior.

Use undo traffic-policy to remove child policies from a traffic behavior.

Syntax

traffic-policy policy-name

undo traffic-policy

Default

No policy is nested in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a policy by its name, a string of 1 to 31 characters. If the policy does not exist, it is automatically created.

Usage guidelines

After you nest a child policy in a behavior of a parent policy, the system performs the following operations:

¡¤ Performs the associated behavior defined in the parent policy for a class of traffic.

¡¤ Uses the child policy to further classify the class of traffic and performs the behaviors defined in the child policy.

When you nest QoS policies, follow these guidelines:

¡¤ A parent policy can nest up to two layers of child policies. This child policy cannot be the parent policy itself.

¡¤ You can nest only one child policy at one layer of a behavior.

¡¤ To configure CBQ in the child policy successfully, configure GTS in the parent policy. Make sure the configured GTS bandwidth is greater than CBQ bandwidth configured in the child policy.

¡¤ If GTS bandwidth is set in percentage in the parent policy, you must set CBQ bandwidth in percentage in the child policy. If GTS bandwidth is set as an absolute value in the parent policy, you can set CBQ bandwidth in either format in the child policy.

¡¤ A child policy cannot contain GTS actions.

¡¤ Policy nesting is available for IPv4 and IPv6 packets.

¡¤ To delete the child policy after you apply the parent policy to an interface, first remove the child policy from the parent policy.

Examples

# Nest child policy child in traffic behavior database of the parent policy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] traffic-policy child

Related commands

traffic behavior

traffic classifier

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- classifier behavior

Use classifier behavior to associate a traffic behavior with a traffic class in a QoS policy.

Use undo classifier to delete a class-behavior association from a QoS policy.

Syntax

classifier classifier-name behavior behavior-name [ mode { dcbx | qppb-manipulation } | insert-before before-classifier-name ]

undo classifier classifier-name

Default

No traffic behavior is associated with a traffic class.

Views

QoS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

behavior-name: Specifies a traffic behavior by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

mode dcbx: Specifies that the class-behavior association applies only to the DCBX. For more information about DCBX, see Layer 2¡ªLAN Switching Configuration Guide.

mode qppb-manipulation: Specifies that the class-behavior association applies only to QPPB. The if-match qos-local-id command in the class sets the same local QoS ID as the apply qos-local-id command in the BGP routing policy. For more information about routing policies, see Layer 3¡ªIP Routing Configuration Guide.

insert-before before-classifier-name: Inserts the new traffic class before an existing traffic class in the QoS policy. The before-classifier-name argument specifies an existing traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify the insert-before before-classifier-name option, the new traffic class is placed at the end of the QoS policy.

Usage guidelines

A traffic class can be associated only with one traffic behavior in a QoS policy.

If the specified traffic class or traffic behavior does not exist, the system defines a null traffic class or traffic behavior.

The undo classifier default-class command performs the following operations:

¡¤ Deletes the existing class-behavior association for the system-defined class default-class.

¡¤ Associates the system-defined class default-class with the system-defined behavior be.

The mode dcbx keyword poses some restrictions on the class configuration and traffic behavior configuration. The restrictions vary by device model.

Examples

# Associate traffic class database with traffic behavior test in QoS policy user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test

# Associate traffic class database with traffic behavior test in QoS policy user1, and specify that the class-behavior association applies only to QPPB.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test mode qppb-manipulation

# Associate traffic class database with traffic behavior test in QoS policy user1, and insert traffic class database before an existing traffic class named class-a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test insert-before class-a

Related commands

qos policy

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- control-plane

Use control-plane to enter control plane view.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

control-plane

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

control-plane slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

control-plane chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Usage guidelines

A QoS policy applied in control plane view takes effect on all packets to the control plane except the packets sent from the management interface.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Enter control plane view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane

[Sysname-cp]

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Enter the control plane view of slot 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane slot 3

[Sysname-cp-slot3]

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- control-plane management

Use control-plane management to enter control-plane management view.

Syntax

control-plane management

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

A QoS policy applied in control-plane management view takes effect on the packets sent from the management interface to the control plane.

Examples

# Enter control-plane management view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane management

[Sysname-cp-management]

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy

Use display qos policy to display QoS policies.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy { system-defined | user-defined } [ policy-name [ classifier classifier-name ] ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy { system-defined | user-defined } [ policy-name [ classifier classifier-name ] ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy { system-defined | user-defined } [ policy-name [ classifier classifier-name ] ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined QoS policies.

user-defined: Specifies user-defined QoS policies.

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a QoS policy, this command displays all user-defined QoS policies.

classifier classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic class, this command displays all traffic classes.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the QoS policies for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify this option, this command displays the QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# Display all user-defined QoS policies.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-defined

User-defined QoS policy information:

Policy: 1 (ID 100)

Classifier: 1 (ID 100)

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2 (ID 101)

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable: Packet

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dot1p 4

Classifier: 3 (ID 102)

Behavior: 3

-none-

# Display the system-defined QoS policy (default).

<Sysname> display qos policy system-defined

System-defined QoS policy information:

Policy: default (ID 0)

Classifier: default-class (ID 0)

Behavior: be

-none-

Classifier: ef (ID 1)

Behavior: ef

Expedited Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%) Cbs-ratio 25

Classifier: af1 (ID 2)

Behavior: af

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%)

Discard Method: Tail

Classifier: af2 (ID 3)

Behavior: af

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%)

Discard Method: Tail

Classifier: af3 (ID 4)

Behavior: af

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%)

Discard Method: Tail

Classifier: af4 (ID 5)

Behavior: af

Assured Forwarding:

Bandwidth 20 (%)

Discard Method: Tail

For the output description, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy control-plane

Use display qos policy control-plane to display QoS policies applied to a control plane.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy control-plane

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy control-plane slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy control-plane chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Display the QoS policy applied to the control plane.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane

Control plane

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Display the QoS policy applied to the control plane of slot 2.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane slot 2

Control plane slot 2

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 8 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy control-plane management

Use display qos policy control-plane management to display the QoS policies applied in control-plane management view.

Syntax

display qos policy control-plane management

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane management

Control plane management

Direction: Inbound

Policy: a

Classifier: default-class

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: be

-none-

Classifier: a

Matched : 3 (Packets) 180 (Bytes)

Operator: OR

Rule(s) :

If-match control-plane protocol arp

If-match control-plane protocol rip

If-match control-plane protocol-group critical

If-match acl 3001

If-match control-plane protocol bgp

If-match control-plane protocol bgp4+

If-match control-plane protocol ftp

If-match control-plane protocol http https icmp icmp6 ripng snmp

Behavior: a

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 128 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 3 (Packets) 180 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Table 9 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy control-plane management pre-defined

Use display qos policy control-plane management pre-defined to display the predefined QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.

Syntax

display qos policy control-plane management pre-defined

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the predefined QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane management pre-defined

Pre-defined control plane policy management

Protocol Priority Bandwidth Group

Default N/A 100000 (bps) N/A

ARP N/A 128 (bps) normal

BGP N/A 256 (bps) critical

BGPv6 N/A 256 (bps) critical

HTTP N/A 512 (bps) management

HTTPS N/A 512 (bps) management

ICMP N/A 128 (bps) monitor

ICMPv6 N/A 128 (bps) monitor

OSPF Multicast N/A 256 (bps) critical

OSPF Unicast N/A 256 (bps) critical

OSPFv3 Multicast N/A 256 (bps) critical

OSPFv3 Unicast N/A 256 (bps) critical

RIP N/A 1024 (bps) critical

RIPng N/A 256 (bps) critical

SNMP N/A 512 (bps) management

SSH N/A 512 (bps) management

TELNET N/A 512 (bps) management

FTP N/A 512 (bps) management

TFTP N/A 512 (bps) management

Table 10 Command output

Field | Description
Pre-defined control plane policy management | Predefined QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.
Protocol | System-defined protocol packet type.
Group | Protocol group to which the protocol belongs.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

Use display qos policy control-plane pre-defined to display predefined control plane QoS policies.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the predefined control plane QoS policies for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all member devices. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. On an IRF fabric, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all member devices if you do not specify a member device. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all IRF member devices and PEXs if you do not specify an IRF member device or PEX. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. On an IRF fabric, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all cards if you do not specify a card. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all cards and PEXs if you do not specify a card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Display the predefined control plane QoS policy.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

Pre-defined control plane policy

Protocol Priority Bandwidth Group

Default N/A 1000 (bps) N/A

IS-IS 18 1000 (bps) critical

VRRP 19 1000 (bps) important

OSPF Multicast 18 1000 (bps) critical

OSPF Unicast 18 1000 (bps) critical

IGMP 11 500 (bps) important

OSPFv3 Unicast 18 1000 (bps) critical

OSPFv3 Multicast 18 1000 (bps) critical

VRRPv6 19 1000 (bps) important

ARP 2 1000 (bps) normal

DHCP Snooping 10 300 (bps) redirect

DHCP 10 300 (bps) normal

802.1x 3 500 (bps) important

STP 17 300 (bps) critical

LACP 22 300 (bps) critical

MVRP 15 300 (bps) critical

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Display the predefined control plane QoS policy of slot 1.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane pre-defined slot 1

Pre-defined policy information slot 1

Protocol Priority Bandwidth Group

Default N/A 1000 (pps) N/A

IS-IS 18 1000 (pps) critical

VRRP 19 1000 (pps) important

OSPF Multicast 18 1000 (pps) critical

OSPF Unicast 18 1000 (pps) critical

IGMP 11 500 (pps) important

OSPFv3 Unicast 18 1000 (pps) critical

OSPFv3 Multicast 18 1000 (pps) critical

VRRPv6 19 1000 (pps) important

ARP 2 1000 (pps) normal

DHCP Snooping 10 300 (pps) redirect

DHCP 10 300 (pps) normal

802.1x 3 500 (pps) important

STP 17 300 (pps) critical

LACP 22 300 (pps) critical

MVRP 15 300 (pps) critical

BGP 16 1000 (pps) critical

ICMP 3 500 (pps) monitor

TTL Expires 5 300 (pps) monitor

IPOPTION 5 300 (pps) normal

BGPv6 16 1000 (pps) critical

Hop Limit Expires 5 300 (pps) monitor

IPOPTIONv6 5 300 (pps) normal

LLDP 14 300 (pps) important

DLDP 16 300 (pps) critical

TELNET 1 800 (pps) management

SSH 1 800 (pps) management

TACACS 1 800 (pps) management

RADIUS 1 800 (pps) management

HTTP 3 500 (pps) management

HTTPS 3 500 (pps) management

SNMP 4 800 (pps) management

ARP Snooping 2 1000 (pps) redirect

ICMPv6 3 300 (pps) monitor

DHCPv6 10 300 (pps) normal

BFD 21 1000 (pps) critical

Table 11 Command output

Field | Description
Pre-defined control plane policy | Contents of the predefined control plane QoS policy.
Default | Protocols other than those listed.
Group | Protocol group of the protocol.

For descriptions of other fields, see ´íÎó!Î´ÕÒµ½ÒýÓÃÔ´¡£.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy diagnosis control-plane

Use display qos policy diagnosis control-plane to display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to a control plane.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy diagnosis control-plane

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy diagnosis control-plane slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy diagnosis control-plane chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Display diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to the control plane.

<Sysname> display qos policy diagnosis control-plane

Control plane

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Display diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to the control plane of slot 2.

<Sysname> display qos policy diagnosis control-plane slot 2

Control plane slot 2

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 12 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy diagnosis global

Use display qos policy diagnosis global to display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied globally.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy diagnosis global [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy diagnosis global [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy diagnosis global [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the outbound direction.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about globally applied QoS policies for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays diagnostic information about globally applied QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays diagnostic information about globally applied QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays diagnostic information about globally applied QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays diagnostic information about globally applied QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays diagnostic information about both QoS policies.

Examples

# Display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied globally.

<Sysname> display qos policy diagnosis global

Direction: Inbound

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 13 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy diagnosis interface

Use display qos policy diagnosis interface to display diagnostic information about the QoS policies applied to interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy diagnosis interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy diagnosis interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy diagnosis interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command applies to all PVCs on the ATM interface. When you specify a PVC, you cannot specify the inbound or outbound keyword.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies for the active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify an IRF member device, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies for the master device. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify this option, the command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies for the master device. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies for the global active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies for the global active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic and the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

Examples

# Display diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos policy diagnosis interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 inbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 14 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac

Use display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac to display diagnostic information about the QoS policies applied to Ethernet service instances.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to Ethernet service instances on all interfaces.

service-instance instance-id: Specifies an Ethernet service instance by its ID in the range of 1 to 4096. If you do not specify an Ethernet service instance, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to all Ethernet service instances on an interface.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all cards. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify an IRF member device, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all member devices. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. On an IRF fabric, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all member devices if you do not specify a member device. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all IRF member devices and PEXs if you do not specify an IRF member device or PEX. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all cards. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. On an IRF fabric, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all cards if you do not specify a card. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays QoS policy diagnostic information for all cards and PEXs if you do not specify a card or PEX. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option.(Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic and the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

Examples

# Display diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of Ethernet service instance 1 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos policy diagnosis l2vpn-ac interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 service-instance 1 inbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1 Service instance ID: 1

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 15 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy diagnosis user-profile

Use display qos policy diagnosis user-profile to display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to user profiles.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy diagnosis user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy diagnosis user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy diagnosis user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

name profile-name: Specifies a user profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include English letters, digits, and underscores (_). The name must start with an English letter and must be unique. If you do not specify a user profile, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to all user profiles.

user-id user-id: Specifies an online user by a system-assigned, hexadecimal ID in the range of 0 to fffffffe. If you do not specify an online user, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to user profiles for all online users.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to user profiles for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to user profiles for all member devices. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. On an IRF fabric, this command displays information for all member devices if you do not specify a member device. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays information for all IRF member devices and PEXs if you do not specify an IRF member device or PEX. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to user profiles for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. On an IRF fabric, this command displays information for all cards if you do not specify a card. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays information for all cards and PEXs if you do not specify a card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied in the inbound direction and QoS policies applied in the outbound direction.

Examples

# Display diagnostic information about the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a global user.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000000 inbound

User-Profile: abc

User ID: 0x30000000(global)

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 16 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy global

Use display qos policy global to display QoS policies applied globally.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy global [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy global [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy global [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the outbound direction.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays global QoS policies for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays global QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays global QoS policies for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays global QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays global QoS policies for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays both inbound and outbound global QoS policies.

Examples

# Display QoS policies applied globally.

<Sysname> display qos policy global

Direction: Inbound

Type : Extension

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 17 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Type | Mode in which the QoS policy is applied globally: ¡¤ Enhancement¡ª Enhanced mode. ¡¤ Extension¡ª Extended mode. If you do not specify the mode when applying a QoS policy globally, this field does not appear.
Green packets | Statistics about green packets.
Yellow packets | Statistics about yellow packets.
Red packets | Statistics about red packets.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy interface

Use display qos policy interface to display the QoS policies applied to interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command applies to all PVCs on the ATM interface. When you specify a PVC, you cannot specify the inbound or outbound keyword.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policies on the active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify an IRF member device, this command displays QoS policies on the master device. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify this option, the command displays QoS policies on the master device. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policies on the global active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policies on the global active MPU. Only logical interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic and the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the QoS policies applied to each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos policy interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 inbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Inbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Classifier: 3

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

# Display the QoS policies applied to all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos policy interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Inbound

Type : Enhancement

Mode : Share

Policy: a

Classifier: a

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: a

Mirroring:

Mirror to the interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets)

Red packets : 0 (Packets)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/3

Direction: Inbound

Policy: b

Classifier: b

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: b

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0(Packets)

Red packets : 0 (Packets)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/3

Direction: Inbound

Type : Enhancement

Mode : Share

Policy: a

Classifier: a

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: a

Mirroring:

Mirror to the interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/4

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets)

Red packets : 0 (Packets)

Table 18 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Type | Mode in which the QoS policy is applied to an interface: ¡¤ Enhancement. ¡¤ Extension. If you do not specify the mode when applying a QoS policy to an interface, this field does not appear.
Mode | Sharing mode for QoS and ACL resources. This field appears only if a QoS policy is applied with the share-mode keyword.
Matched | Number of matching packets.
Forwarded | Average rate of successfully forwarded matching packets in a statistics collection period.
Dropped | Average rate of dropped matching packets in a statistics collection period.
Green packets | Traffic statistics for green packets.
Yellow packets | Traffic statistics for yellow packets.
Red packets | Traffic statistics for red packets.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy l2vpn-ac

Use display qos policy l2vpn-ac to display the QoS policies applied to Ethernet service instances.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy l2vpn-ac [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays QoS policies applied to Ethernet service instances on all interfaces.

service-instance instance-id: Specifies an Ethernet service instance by its ID in the range of 1 to 4096. If you do not specify an Ethernet service instance, this command displays QoS policies applied to all Ethernet service instances on an interface.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policy information for all cards. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify an IRF member device, this command displays QoS policy information for all member devices. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. On an IRF fabric, this command displays QoS policy information for all member devices if you do not specify a member device. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays QoS policy information for all IRF member devices and PEXs if you do not specify an IRF member device or PEX. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays QoS policy information for all cards. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. On an IRF fabric, this command displays QoS policy information for all cards if you do not specify a card. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays QoS policy information for all cards and PEXs if you do not specify a card or PEX. Only Layer 2 aggregate interfaces support this option.(Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays both QoS policies applied in the inbound direction and QoS policies applied in the outbound direction.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of Ethernet service instance 1 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos policy l2vpn-ac interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 service-instance 1 inbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1 Service instance ID: 1

Direction: Inbound

Policy: p

Classifier: c

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: b

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 88 (kbps), CBS 5632 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets)

Red packets : 0 (Packets)

For the description of fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy l2vpn-pw

Use display qos policy l2vpn-pw to display the QoS policies applied to PWs.

Syntax

display qos policy l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] [ outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the QoS policies applied to all PWs.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic. The command execution results are the same, regardless of whether this keyword is specified.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the outgoing traffic of PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> display qos policy l2vpn-pw peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1 outbound

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Direction: Outbound

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

5-minute statistics:

Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

Dropped : 0/0 (pps/bps)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 19 Command output

Field | Description
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Matched | Number of matching packets.
5-minute statistics | Traffic statistics in the last 5 minutes.
Forwarded | Average rate of successfully forwarded matching packets during a statistics collection period.
Dropped | Average rate of dropped matching packets during a statistics collection period.
Green packets | Traffic statistics for green packets.
Yellow packets | Traffic statistics for yellow packets.
Red packets | Traffic statistics for red packets.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos policy user-profile

Use display qos policy user-profile to display QoS policies applied to user profiles.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos policy user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos policy user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos policy user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

name profile-name: Specifies a user profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include English letters, digits, and underscores (_). The name must start with an English letter and must be unique. If you do not specify a user profile, this command displays QoS policies applied to all user profiles.

user-id user-id: Specifies an online user by a system-assigned, hexadecimal ID in the range of 0 to fffffffe. If you do not specify an online user, this command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all online users.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all cards. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all member devices. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. On an IRF fabric, this command displays information for all member devices if you do not specify a member device. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays information for all IRF member devices and PEXs if you do not specify an IRF member device or PEX. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all cards. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. On an IRF fabric, this command displays information for all cards if you do not specify a card. On an IRF 3 system, this command displays information for all cards and PEXs if you do not specify a card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

inbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays QoS policies applied in the inbound direction and QoS policies applied in the outbound direction.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a global user.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000000 inbound

User-Profile: abc

User ID: 0x30000000(global)

Direction: Inbound

Policy: p1

Classifier: default-class

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: be

-none-

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a local user.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000001 inbound

User-Profile: abc

slot 2:

User ID: 0x30000001(local)

Direction: Inbound

Policy: p1

Classifier: default-class

Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match any

Behavior: be

-none-

Table 20 Command output

Field | Description
global | Indicates a global user, who comes online from a global interface such as an aggregate interface.
local | Indicates a local user, who comes online from a physical interface.
Matched | Number of packets that meet match criteria.
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Green packets | Statistics about green packets.
Yellow packets | Statistics about yellow packets.
Red packets | Statistics about red packets.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos vlan-policy

Use display qos vlan-policy to display QoS policies applied to VLANs.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos vlan-policy { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos vlan-policy { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos vlan-policy { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

name policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN by its ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

inbound: Displays QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Displays QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays QoS policies applied to VLANs in both the inbound and outbound directions.

Examples

# Display QoS policies applied to VLAN 2.

<Sysname> display qos vlan-policy vlan 2

Vlan 2

Direction: Inbound

Type : Extension

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

0 (Packets)

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 21 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Type | Mode in which the QoS policy is applied to a VLAN. The value can only be Extension. If you do not specify the mode when applying a QoS policy to a VLAN, this field does not appear.
Green packets | Statistics about green packets.
Yellow packets | Statistics about yellow packets.
Red packets | Statistics about red packets.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- display qos vlan-policy diagnosis

Use display qos vlan-policy diagnosis to display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos vlan-policy diagnosis { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos vlan-policy diagnosis { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos vlan-policy diagnosis { name policy-name | vlan [ vlan-id ] } [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

name policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN by its ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

inbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLANs in both the inbound and outbound directions.

Examples

# Display diagnostic information about QoS policies applied to VLAN 2.

<Sysname> display qos vlan-policy diagnosis vlan 2

Vlan 2

Direction: Outbound

Type : Extension

Policy: 1

Classifier: 1 (Incomplete)

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete)

Failed Rule ID: 0, 3, 5, 50

Behavior: 1

Marking:

Remark dscp 3

Committed Access Rate:

CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 7000 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Classifier: 2

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

If-match not protocol ipv6

Behavior: 2

Accounting enable:

Filter enable: Permit

Marking:

Remark mpls-exp 4

Classifier: 3

Operator: AND

Rule(s) :

-none-

Behavior: 3

-none-

Table 22 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.
Classifier: 1 (Incomplete) | Traffic class application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the traffic class were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the traffic class failed to be applied.
If-match acl 2000 (Incomplete) | Match criterion application result: ¡¤ Incomplete¡ªSome contents of the match criterion were applied successfully. ¡¤ Failed¡ªAll contents of the match criterion failed to be applied.
Failed rule ID | ACL rules that failed to be applied.

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- qos apply policy (Ethernet service instance view, interface view, PVC view, control plane view, control-plane management view, PW view)

Use qos apply policy to apply a QoS policy to an Ethernet service instance view, interface, PVC, control plane, or PW.

Use undo qos apply policy to remove an applied QoS policy.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound } [ enhancement ] [ extension ] [ share-mode ]

undo qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound } [ enhancement ]

Default

No QoS policy is applied.

Views

Control plane view/control-plane management view

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Ethernet service instance view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to incoming traffic.

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to outgoing traffic. This keyword is not supported in control plane view or Ethernet service instance view.

enhancement: Applies the QoS policy in enhanced mode.

extension: Applies the QoS policy in extended mode.

share-mode: Applies the QoS policy in sharing mode to a Layer 2 or Layer 3 Ethernet interface. If you do not specify this keyword, the command applies the QoS policy in non-sharing mode. This keyword is supported only in interface view. You can configure only one feature in this mode in the same direction of an interface. The device supports the sharing mode for packet filtering, QoS policy, and policy-based routing. For commands to configure packet filtering and policy-based routing in sharing mode, see ACL and QoS Command Reference and Layer 3¡ªIP Routing Command Reference, respectively.

Usage guidelines

When you apply a QoS policy to an interface, PVC, or PW, follow these rules:

¡¤ The bandwidth assigned to AF and EF queues in the QoS policy must be smaller than the available bandwidth of the interface, PVC, or PW. Otherwise, the QoS policy cannot be successfully applied to the interface or PVC.

¡¤ If you modify the available bandwidth of the interface, PVC, or PW to be smaller than the bandwidth for AF and EF queues, the applied QoS policy is removed.

¡¤ An inbound QoS policy cannot contain a GTS action or any of these queuing actions: queue ef, queue af, or queue wfq.

A QoS policy configured with CBQ is not supported in control plane view or control-plane management view.

You can apply a QoS policy to one direction of an interface or PVC twice, once in enhanced mode and once in common mode. In this case, a packet will be subject to two QoS policies. A QoS policy applied in enhanced mode efficiently processes packets but supports limited parameters than that applied in common mode.

You can apply a QoS policy to one direction of an interface or PVC in either extended mode or common mode, but not both. A QoS policy applied in extended mode uses more hardware resources but supports limited parameters than that applied in common mode.

| NOTE: If you do not specify the enhancement or extension keyword in the command, the QoS policy is applied in common mode.

‌

For configuration commands for Ethernet service instances, see MPLS L2VPN or VPLS in MPLS Command Reference or see VXLAN Command Reference.

If you specify the share-mode keyword when applying a QoS policy to an interface, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

¡¤ All interfaces on an interface module with the QoS policy applied in one direction share one QoS and ACL resource.

If the share-mode keyword is not specified, each interface uses one QoS and ACL resource in one direction.

¡¤ All interfaces that share one QoS and ACL resource evenly share the set CIR if a traffic policing action is configured in the QoS policy.

If the share-mode keyword is not specified, the bandwidth of each interface can be limited to the CIR.

The display qos policy interface command output for an interface also contains packet statistics for all interfaces that share the QoS and ACL resource with the interface.

You cannot change the sharing mode dynamically after a QoS policy is applied to an interface. To change the sharing mode for an applied QoS policy, perform the following tasks:

1. Remove the QoS policy from the interface.

2. Reapply the QoS policy with or without the share-mode keyword specified.

Examples

# Apply QoS policy USER1 to the outgoing traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos apply policy USER1 outbound

# Apply QoS policy aaa to the incoming traffic of the control plane of slot 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane slot 3

[Sysname-cp-slot3] qos apply policy aaa inbound

# Apply QoS policy bbb to the incoming traffic of the management interface control plane.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane management

[Sysname-cp-management] qos apply policy bbb inbound

# Apply a QoS policy to the outgoing traffic of PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] xconnect-group a

[Sysname-xcg-a] connection a

[Sysname-xcg-a-a] peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1

[Sysname-xcg-a-a-1.1.1.1-1] qos apply policy 1 outbound

# Apply QoS policy aaa to the outgoing traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 in enhanced mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1]qos apply policy aaa outbound enhancement

# Apply QoS policy test to the incoming traffic of Ethernet service instance 200.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] service-instance 200

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1-srv200] qos apply policy test inbound

# Apply QoS policy aaa in sharing mode to the outgoing traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1]qos apply policy aaa outbound share-mode

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- qos apply policy (user profile view)

Use qos apply policy to apply a QoS policy to a user profile.

Use undo qos apply policy to remove a QoS policy applied to a user profile.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound }

undo qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound }

Default

No QoS policy is applied to a user profile.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to the incoming traffic of the device (traffic sent by online users).

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to the outgoing traffic of the device (traffic received by online users).

Usage guidelines

Deleting a user profile also removes the QoS policies applied to the user profile.

Examples

# Apply QoS policy test to incoming traffic of user profile user.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos apply policy test outbound

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- qos apply policy global

Use qos apply policy global to apply a QoS policy globally.

Use undo qos apply policy global to remove a globally applied QoS policy.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name global { inbound | outbound } [ enhancement ] [ extension ]

undo qos apply policy policy-name global { inbound | outbound }

Default

No QoS policy is applied globally.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to the incoming packets on all interfaces.

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to the outgoing packets on all interfaces.

enhancement: Applies the QoS policy in enhanced mode.

extension: Applies the QoS policy in extended mode.

Usage guidelines

A global QoS policy takes effect on all incoming or outgoing traffic depending on the direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

You can globally apply a QoS policy to one direction twice, once in enhanced mode and once in common mode. In this case, a packet will be subject to two QoS policies. A QoS policy applied in enhanced mode efficiently processes packets but supports limited parameters than that applied in common mode.

You can globally apply a QoS policy to one direction in either extended mode or common mode, but not both. A QoS policy applied in extended mode uses more hardware resources but supports limited parameters than that applied in common mode.

| NOTE: If you do not specify the enhancement or extension keyword in the command, the QoS policy is applied in common mode.

‌

Examples

# Globally apply QoS policy user1 to the incoming traffic in extended mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos apply policy user1 global inbound extension

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- qos policy

Use qos policy to create a QoS policy and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing QoS policy.

Use undo qos policy to delete a QoS policy.

Syntax

qos policy policy-name

undo qos policy policy-name

Default

No QoS policies exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a name for the QoS policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

To delete a QoS policy that has been applied to an object, you must first remove the QoS policy from the object.

Examples

# Create a QoS policy named user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1]

Related commands

classifier behavior

qos apply policy

qos apply policy global

qos vlan-policy

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- qos vlan-policy

Use qos vlan-policy to apply a QoS policy to the specified VLANs.

Use undo qos vlan-policy to remove a QoS policy from the specified VLANs.

Syntax

qos vlan-policy policy-name vlan vlan-id-list { inbound | outbound } [ extension ]

undo qos vlan-policy policy-name vlan vlan-id-list { inbound | outbound }

Default

No QoS policy is applied to a VLAN.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vlan vlan-id-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight VLAN IDs or a VLAN ID range in the form of vlan-id1 to vlan-id2. The value for vlan-id2 must be greater than or equal to the value for vlan-id1. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to incoming packets.

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to outgoing packets.

extension: Applies the QoS policy in extended mode.

Usage guidelines

You can apply a QoS policy to one direction of an interface in either extended mode or common mode, but not both. A QoS policy applied in extended mode uses more hardware resources but supports limited parameters.

Examples

# Apply QoS policy test in extended mode to the incoming traffic of VLAN 200, VLAN 300, VLAN 400, and VLAN 500.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos vlan-policy test vlan 200 300 400 500 inbound extension

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- reset qos policy control-plane

Use reset qos policy control-plane to clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to a control plane.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

reset qos policy control-plane

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

reset qos policy control-plane slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset qos policy control-plane chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the control plane.

<Sysname> reset qos policy control-plane

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the control plane of slot 3.

<Sysname> reset qos policy control-plane slot 3

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- reset qos policy control-plane management

Use reset qos policy control-plane management to clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.

Syntax

reset qos policy control-plane management

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Examples

# Clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied in control-plane management view.

<Sysname> reset qos policy control-plane management

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- reset qos policy global

Use reset qos policy global to clear the statistics of a global QoS policy.

Syntax

reset qos policy global [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Clears the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to incoming traffic globally.

outbound: Clears the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic globally.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command clears the statistics of the global QoS policies in both directions.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic globally.

<Sysname> reset qos policy global inbound

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy commands -- reset qos vlan-policy

Use reset qos vlan-policy to clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied in a certain direction of a VLAN.

Syntax

reset qos vlan-policy [ vlan vlan-id ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

inbound: Clears the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of the specified VLAN.

outbound: Clears the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of the specified VLAN.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command clears the statistics of the QoS policies in both directions of the VLAN.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of QoS policies applied to VLAN 2.

<Sysname> reset qos vlan-policy vlan 2

QoS policy commands -- QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period commands -- qos flow-interval

Use qos flow-interval to set the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period for an interface.

Use undo qos flow-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

qos flow-interval interval

undo qos flow-interval

Default

The QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period is 5 minutes on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

interval: Sets the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period in minutes. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

You can enable collection of per-class traffic statistics over a period of time, including the average forwarding rate and drop rate. For example, if you set the statistics collection period to 10 minutes, the system performs the following operations:

¡¤ Collects traffic statistics for the most recent 10 minutes.

¡¤ Refreshes the statistics every 10/5 minutes, 2 minutes.

The traffic rate statistics collection period of a subinterface is the same as the period configured on the main interface.

Examples

# Set the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period to 10 minutes on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos flow-interval 10

Related commands

display qos policy interface

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- display qos map-table

Use display qos map-table to display the configuration of priority maps.

Syntax

display qos map-table [ inbound | outbound ] [ dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p | dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

inbound: Specifies priority maps for incoming packets.

outbound: Specifies priority maps for outgoing packets.

The device provides the following types of priority map.

Table 23 Priority maps

Priority mapping | Description
dot1p-dp | 802.1p-drop priority map.
dot1p-exp | 802.1p-EXP priority map.
dot1p-lp | 802.1p-local priority map.
dscp-dot1p | DSCP-802.1p priority map.
dscp-dp | DSCP-drop priority map.
dscp-dscp | DSCP-DSCP priority map.
exp-dot1p | EXP-802.1p priority map.
exp-dp | EXP-drop priority map.
exp-dscp | EXP-DSCP priority map.

‌

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a priority map, this command displays the configuration of all priority maps.

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays the priority maps in both directions.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays all priority maps (including colored priority maps).

Examples

# Display the configuration of the 802.1p-local priority map.

<Sysname> display qos map-table dot1p-lp

MAP-TABLE NAME: dot1p-lp TYPE: pre-define DIRECTION: inbound

IMPORT : EXPORT

0 : 2

1 : 0

2 : 1

3 : 3

4 : 4

5 : 5

6 : 6

7 : 7

MAP-TABLE NAME: dot1p-lp TYPE: pre-define DIRECTION: outbound

IMPORT : EXPORT

0 : 2

1 : 0

2 : 1

3 : 3

4 : 4

5 : 5

6 : 6

7 : 7

Table 24 Command output

Field | Description
MAP-TABLE NAME | Name of the priority map.
TYPE | Type of the priority map.
DIRECTION | Direction of the priority map.
IMPORT | Input values of the priority map.
EXPORT | Output values of the priority map.

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- display qos map-table color

Use display qos map-table color to display the configuration of a colored priority map.

Syntax

display qos map-table color [ green | yellow | red ] [ inbound | outbound ] [ dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p| dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

inbound: Specifies priority maps for incoming packets.

outbound: Specifies priority maps for outgoing packets.

For the description of other keywords, see Table 23.

Usage guidelines

Packets processed by traffic policing are colored green, yellow, or red. To perform priority mapping for packets in different colors, the device provides colored priority maps, each of which is a priority map specific to a color. For how traffic policing processes and colors packets, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

If you do not specify a priority map, this command displays the configuration of all colored priority maps.

If you do not specify a color, this command displays the configuration of all colored priority maps.

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays the configuration of the inbound and outbound colored priority maps.

Examples

# Display the configuration of the EXP-local priority map for incoming green packets.

<Sysname> display qos map-table color green inbound exp-lp

MAP-TABLE NAME: exp-lp TYPE: pre-define COLOR: green DIRECTION: inbound

IMPORT : EXPORT

0 : 0

1 : 1

2 : 2

3 : 3

4 : 4

5 : 5

6 : 6

7 : 7

Table 25 Command output

Field | Description
MAP-TABLE NAME | Priority map name.
TYPE | Priority map type.
COLOR | Priority map color.
DIRECTION | Direction of the priority map.
IMPORT | Input values of the priority map.
EXPORT | Output values of the priority map.

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- import

Use import to configure mappings for a priority map.

Use undo import to restore the specified or all mappings to the default for a priority map.

Syntax

import import-value-list export export-value

undo import { import-value-list | all }

Default

The default priority maps are used. For more information, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

Views

Priority map view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

import-value-list: Specifies a list of input values.

export-value: Specifies the output value.

all: Restores all mappings in the priority map to the default.

Examples

# Configure the 802.1p-local priority map to map 802.1p priority values 4 and 5 to local priority 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table dot1p-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-dot1p-lp] import 4 5 export 1

Related commands

display qos map-table

display qos map-table color

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- map export

Use map export to manipulate 802.1p-to-EXP mapping application to outgoing MPLS labels.

Use undo map export to restore the default.

Syntax

map export { mpls-exp | second-mpls-exp }

undo map export

Default

The 802.1p-to-EXP mappings are applied to both MPLS labels.

Views

Priority map view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

mpls-exp: Applies 802.1p-to-EXP mappings to the first MPLS label.

second-mpls-exp: Applies 802.1p-to-EXP mappings to the second MPLS label.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Map 802.1p priorities 4 and 5 to EXP value 1, and apply the 802.1p-to-EXP mappings to the first outgoing MPLS label of packets coming from a private network.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table dot1p-exp

[Sysname-maptbl-dot1p-exp] import 4 5 export 1

[Sysname-maptbl-dot1p-exp] map export mpls-exp

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- qos map-table

Use qos map-table to enter the specified priority map view.

Syntax

qos map-table [ inbound | outbound ] { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p| dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the priority map for incoming packets.

outbound: Specifies the priority map for outgoing packets.

For the description of other keywords, see Table 23.

Usage guidelines

For a type of priority mapping, the following priority maps exist:

¡¤ One for inbound traffic.

¡¤ One for outbound traffic.

¡¤ One for traffic in both directions.

If you do not specify a direction, you enter the view of the priority map for traffic in both directions.

Examples

# Enter the inbound 802.1p-local priority map view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table inbound dot1p-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-in-dot1p-lp]

# Enter the outbound 802.1p-local priority map view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table outbound dot1p-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-out-dot1p-lp]

Related commands

display qos map-table

import

Priority mapping commands -- Priority map commands -- qos map-table color

Use qos map-table color to enter the specified colored priority map view.

Syntax

qos map-table color { green | yellow | red } [ inbound | outbound ] { dot11e-lp | dot1p-dot1p | dot1p-dp | dot1p-dscp | dot1p-exp | dot1p-lp | dot1p-rpr | dscp-dot1p| dscp-dp | dscp-dscp | dscp-exp | dscp-lp | dscp-rpr | exp-dot1p | exp-dp | exp-dscp | exp-exp | exp-lp | exp-rpr | ippre-rpr | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dp | lp-dscp | lp-exp | lp-lp | up-dot1p | up-dp | up-dscp | up-exp | up-fc | up-lp | up-rpr | up-up }

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

green: Specifies green packets.

yellow: Specifies yellow packets.

red: Specifies red packets.

inbound: Specifies the priority map for incoming packets.

outbound: Specifies the priority map for outgoing packets.

For the description of other keywords, see Table 23.

Usage guidelines

Packets processed by traffic policing are colored green, yellow, or red. To perform priority mapping for packets in different colors, the device provides colored priority maps, each of which is a priority map specific to a color. For how traffic policing processes and colors packets, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

For a type of colored priority mapping, the following priority maps exist:

¡¤ One for inbound traffic.

¡¤ One for outbound traffic.

¡¤ One for traffic in both directions.

If you do not specify a direction, the priority map for traffic in both directions applies.

Examples

# Enter the green EXP-local priority map view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table color green exp-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-green-exp-lp]

# Enter the view of the DSCP-local priority map for incoming red packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table color red inbound dscp-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-red-in-dscp-lp]

Related commands

display qos map-table color

import

Priority mapping commands -- Priority trust mode commands -- display qos trust interface

Use display qos trust interface to display the priority trust mode and port priorities of an interface.

Syntax

display qos trust interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the priority trust mode and port priorities of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the priority trust mode and port priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 (on a single port priority-type device).

<Sysname> display qos trust interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Port priority trust information

Port priority:4

Port priority trust type: dscp, Override: disable

Table 26 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Port priority | Port priority set for the interface.
Port dscp priority | DSCP value rewritten for packets. If you have not rewritten the DSCP value of packets, this field displays a hyphen (-).
Port priority trust type | Priority trust mode on the interface: ¡¤ auto¡ªAutomatically selects the priority of each received packet according to packet type for mapping. ¡¤ dot11e¡ªUses the 802.11e priority of received packets for mapping. ¡¤ dot1p¡ªUses the 802.1p priority of received packets for mapping. ¡¤ dscp¡ªUses the DSCP precedence of received IP packets for mapping. ¡¤ exp¡ªUses the EXP value of received MPLS packets for mapping. ¡¤ none¡ªTrusts no packet priority.
Override | Indicates whether the precedence derived through priority mapping overwrites the original precedence carried in the packet.

# Display the priority trust mode and port priorities of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 (on a multiple port priority-type device).

<Sysname> display qos trust interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Port priority trust information

Port dot1p priority: 4

Port dscp priority: 32

Port dp priority: 1

Port exp priority: 7

Port lp priority: 5

Port priority trust type: exp, Override: disable

Table 27 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Port dot1p priority | 802.1p priority of the port.
Port dscp priority | DSCP value of the port.
Port dp priority | Drop priority of the port.
Port exp priority | EXP value of the port.
Port lp priority | Local precedence of the port.
Port priority trust type | Priority trust mode: ¡¤ auto¡ªAutomatically selects the priority of each received packet according to packet type for mapping. ¡¤ dot11e¡ªUses the 802.11e priority of received packets for mapping. ¡¤ dot1p¡ªUses the 802.1p priority of received packets for mapping. ¡¤ dscp¡ªUses the DSCP precedence of received IP packets for mapping. ¡¤ exp¡ªUses the EXP value of received MPLS packets for mapping. ¡¤ none¡ªTrusts no packet priority.
Override | Indicates whether the priority derived through priority mapping overwrites the priority carried in the packet.

Priority mapping commands -- Priority trust mode commands -- qos trust

Use qos trust to configure the priority trust mode for an interface.

Use undo qos trust to restore the default.

Syntax

qos trust { auto | dot11e | dot1p | dscp | exp | none } [ override ]

undo qos trust

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

auto: Uses the priority in incoming packets for priority mapping. For Layer 2 packets, the 802.1p priority is used. For Layer 3 packets, the IP precedence is used. For MPLS packets, the EXP value is used.

dot11e: Uses the 802.11e priority in incoming packets for priority mapping. This keyword is available only in wireless service template view.

dot1p: Uses the 802.1p priority in incoming packets for priority mapping.

dscp: Uses the DSCP value in incoming packets for priority mapping.

exp: Uses the EXP value in incoming MPLS packets for priority mapping.

none: Does not trust any types of packet priority.

override: Uses the priority derived through priority mapping to overwrite the original priority carried in the packet. This keyword is optional. By default, this feature is disabled.

Usage guidelines

For a VXLAN tunnel interface to trust the DSCP priority in the inner IP header of VXLAN packets, configure the qos trust dscp command on its physical interface.

Examples

# Set the priority trust mode to 802.1p priority on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos trust dot1p

Related commands

display qos trust interface

Priority mapping commands -- Priority trust mode commands -- qos trust (system view)

Use qos trust tunnel-dscp to configure the global priority trust mode for VXLAN packets.

Use undo qos trust tunnel-dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

qos trust { dot1p | tunnel-dot1p | tunnel-dscp }

undo qos trust { dot1p | tunnel-dot1p | tunnel-dscp }

Default

The global priority trust mode for VXLAN packets is not configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dot1p: Trusts the 802.1p priority in the inner Ethernet header of VXLAN packets for priority mapping.

tunnel-dot1p: Trusts the 802.1p priority in the outer Ethernet header of VXLAN packets for priority mapping.

tunnel-dscp: Trusts the DSCP value in the outer IP header of VXLAN packets for priority mapping.

Usage guidelines

For a VXLAN tunnel interface to trust the DSCP priority in the outer IP header of VXLAN packets, you must also configure the qos trust dscp command on its physical interface.

For a VXLAN tunnel interface to trust the 802.1p priority in the inner Ethernet header of VXLAN packets, you must also configure the qos trust dot1p command on its physical interface.

For a VXLAN tunnel interface to trust the 802.1p priority in the outer Ethernet header of VXLAN packets, you must also configure the qos trust dot1p command on its physical interface.

For PFC to take effect on an overlay network, configure the qos trust tunnel-dot1p command on all VTEPs.

Examples

# Configure the switch to trust the DSCP priority in the outer IP header of VXLAN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos trust tunnel-dscp

# Configure the switch to trust the 802.1p priority in the outer Ethernet header of VXLAN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos trust tunnel-dot1p

Priority mapping commands -- Port priority commands -- qos priority

Use qos priority to change the port priority of an interface.

Use undo qos priority to restore the default.

Syntax

If the device supports multiple types of port priority:

qos priority { dot1p | dp | dscp | exp | lp } priority-value

undo qos priority { dot1p | dp | dscp | exp | lp }

If the device supports only one type of port priority:

qos priority priority-value

undo qos priority

If some interfaces of the device support only one type of port priority type and others support multiple types of port priority:

qos priority [ dot1p | dp | dscp | exp | lp ] priority-value

undo qos priority [ dot1p | dp | dscp | exp | lp ]

Default

If only one type of port priority is supported, the default port priority is 0.

If multiple types of port priority are supported:

¡¤ The default is 2 for local precedence and 0 for the drop priority.

¡¤ The other priorities do not have defaults.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

priority-value: Specifies the port priority value.

¡¤ If your device supports only one type of port priority, the port priority is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ If your device supports multiple port priority types, see Table 28 for the value range for each type of port priority.

Table 28 Value ranges for different types of port priority

Port priority type | Value range | Remarks
802.1p | 0 to 7 | N/A
DSCP | 0 to 63 | N/A
EXP | 0 to 7 | N/A
Drop priority | 0 to 2 | A packet with a higher drop priority value is dropped more preferentially.
Local precedence | 0 to 7 | A packet with a higher local precedence value is assigned to a queue with a higher priority, and has a higher scheduling priority.

‌

Usage guidelines

On a device where all interfaces support multiple types of port priority, you can assign one value to each type of port priority on an interface. For each type of port priority, the most recent configuration takes effect.

A device provides both interfaces supporting only one type of port priority and interfaces supporting multiple types. The port priority configuration might not be supported on interfaces supporting only one type of port priority. As a result, your port priority configuration on an interface might fail.

Examples

# Set the port priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 2 (on a single port priority-type device).

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos priority 2

# Set the DSCP port priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 20 (on a multiple port priority-type device).

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos priority dscp 20

Related commands

display qos trust interface

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- display qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port }

Use display qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port } to display the configuration of global priority marking based on TCP ports or UDP ports.

Syntax

display qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the configuration of global priority marking based on TCP ports.

<Sysname> display qos remark tcp-port

TCP port based priorities:

IP type Port DSCP dot1p

-------------------------------------

IPv4 30 - 4

IPv6 31-40 cs7 -

IPAll 50 cs6 -

# Display the configuration of global priority marking based on UDP ports.

<Sysname> display qos remark udp-port

UDP port based priorities:

IP type Port DSCP dot1p

------------------------------------

IPv4 30 - 4

IPv6 31-40 cs7 -

IPAll 50 cs6 -

Table 29 Command output

Field | Description
IP type | ¡¤ IPv4¡ªIPv4 packets. ¡¤ IPv6¡ªIPv6 packets. ¡¤ IPAll¡ªBoth IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
Port | Port number.
DSCP | DSCP value.
dot1p | 802.1p priority value.

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- display qos remark ip-address

Use display qos remark ip-address to display the configuration of global priority marking based on IP addresses.

Syntax

display qos remark ip-address

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the configuration of global priority marking based on IP addresses.

<Sysname> display qos remark ip-address

IP address based priorities:

IP address DSCP dot1p

---------------------------------------------------------------------

10.13.3.50/24 - 4

123.17.3.50/16 - 4

10::121/120 cs7 -

Table 30 Command output

Field | Description
DSCP | DSCP value.
dot1p | 802.1p priority value.

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- display qos remark protocol

Use display qos remark protocol to display the configuration of global priority marking based on protocols.

Syntax

display qos remark protocol

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the configuration of global priority marking based on protocols.

<Sysname> display qos remark protocol

Protocol priorities:

Protocol dot1p

------------------------

IP -

IPX 2

ARP 5

AppleTalk -

SNA -

NetBEUI -

Table 31 Command output

Field | Description
Protocol | Protocol type: ¡¤ IP. ¡¤ IPX. ¡¤ ARP. ¡¤ AppleTalk. ¡¤ SNA. ¡¤ NetBEUI.
dot1p | 802.1p priority value.

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- display qos remark vlan

Use display qos remark vlan to display the configuration of global priority marking based on VLAN IDs.

Syntax

display qos remark vlan

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the configuration of global priority marking based on VLAN IDs.

<Sysname> display qos remark vlan

VLAN based priorities:

VLAN DSCP dot1p

----------------------------

4 - 4

5 cs6 -

6 - 5

Table 32 Command output

Field | Description
VLAN | VLAN ID.
DSCP | DSCP value.
dot1p | 802.1p priority value.

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- display qos type-of-service

Use display qos type-of-service to display the global priority trust mode.

Syntax

display qos type-of-service

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the global priority trust mode.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] display qos type-of-service

Type of service: dscp

Table 33 Command output

Field | Description
Type of service | Global priority trust mode: ¡¤ ip-precedence. ¡¤ dscp. If no global priority trust mode is configured, this field displays disabled.

Related commands

qos type-of-service

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port }

Use qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port } to configure global priority marking for packets with a specific TCP or UDP port.

Use undo qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port } to delete the configuration for packets with a specific TCP or UDP port.

Syntax

qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port } [ ipv4 | ipv6 ] start-value [ to end-value ] { dot1p dot1p-value | dscp dscp-value }

undo qos remark { tcp-port | udp-port } [ ipv4 | ipv6 ] start-value [ to end-value ] { dot1p | dscp }

Default

Global priority marking is not configured for packets with any TCP or UDP port.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

ipv4: Specifies IPv4 packets.

ipv6: Specifies IPv6 packets.

start-value [ to end-value ]: Specifies a port number or a range of port numbers. The value ranges for the start-value and end-value arguments are both 0 to 65535. The value for end-value must be greater than or equal to the value for start-value.

dot1p dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

dscp dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value to be marked for packets. The DSCP value can be a number in the range of 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 7.

Usage guidelines

If a packet matches both the source and destination ports as match criteria, the global priority marking configuration for the destination port match criterion takes effect.

Examples

# Mark 802.1p priority 4 for IPv6 packets with a port number in the range of 20 to 25.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos remark tcp-port ipv6 20 to 25 dot1p 4

# Mark 802.1p priority 4 for IPv4 packets with port number 69.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos remark udp-port ipv4 69 dot1p 4

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- qos remark ip-address

Use qos remark ip-address to configure global priority marking for packets with a specific IP address.

Use undo qos remark ip-address to delete the configuration for packets with a specific IP address.

Syntax

qos remark ip-address { ipv4-address [ mask-length | mask ] | ipv6-address [ prefix-length ] } { dot1p dot1p-value | dscp dscp-value }

undo qos remark ip-address { ipv4-address [ mask-length | mask ] | ipv6-address [ prefix-length ] } { dot1p | dscp }

Default

Global priority marking is not configured for packets with any IP address.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.

mask-length: Specifies the mask length for the IPv4 address, in the range of 1 to 32.

mask: Specifies a mask in dotted decimal notation for the IPv4 address.

ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address.

prefix-length: Specifies the prefix length for the IPv6 address, in the range of 1 to 128.

dot1p dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

dscp dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value to be marked for packets. The DSCP value can be a number in the range of 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 7.

Usage guidelines

If a packet matches both the source and destination IP addresses as match criteria, the global priority marking configuration for the destination IP address match criterion takes effect.

Examples

# Mark 802.1p priority 4 for packets with IPv4 address 10.15.10.1/24.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos remark ip-address 10.15.10.1 24 dot1p 4

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- qos remark protocol

Use qos remark protocol to configure global priority marking for packets of a specific protocol.

Use undo qos remark protocol to delete the configuration for packets of a specific protocol.

Syntax

qos remark protocol protocol-name dot1p dot1p-value

undo qos remark protocol protocol-name dot1p

Default

Global priority marking is not configured for packets of any protocol.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

protocol protocol-name: Specifies a protocol. The protocol can be IP, IPX, ARP, AppleTalk, SNA, or NetBEUI.

dot1p dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Examples

# Mark 802.1p priority 4 for ARP packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos remark protocol arp dot1p 4

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- qos remark vlan

Use qos remark vlan to configure global priority marking for packets with a specific VLAN ID.

Use undo qos remark vlan to delete the configuration for packets with a specific VLAN ID.

Syntax

qos remark vlan start-vlan-id [ to end-vlan-id ] { dot1p dot1p-value | dscp dscp-value }

undo qos remark vlan start-vlan-id [ to end-vlan-id ] { dot1p | dscp }

Default

Global priority marking is not configured for packets with any VLAN ID.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

start-vlan-id [ to end-vlan-id ]: Specifies a VLAN ID or a range of VLAN IDs. The value ranges for the start-vlan-id and end-vlan-id arguments are both 1 to 4094. The value for end-vlan-id must be greater than or equal to the value for start-vlan-id.

dot1p dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

dscp dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value to be marked for packets. The DSCP value can be a number in the range of 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 7.

Examples

# Mark 802.1p priority 4 for packets with VLAN ID 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos remark vlan 2 dot1p 4

Priority mapping commands -- Global priority commands -- qos type-of-service

Use qos type-of-service to configure the global priority trust mode.

Use undo qos type-of-service to restore the default.

Syntax

qos type-of-service { ip-precedence | dscp }

undo qos type-of-service

Default

No global priority trust mode is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

ip-precedence: Trusts IP precedence globally.

dscp: Trusts DSCP globally.

Examples

# Configure the global priority trust mode as DSCP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos type-of-service dscp

Related commands

display qos type-of-service

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- display qos car interface

Use display qos car interface to display the CAR information for interfaces.

Syntax

display qos car interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the CAR information for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the CAR information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos car interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: inbound

Rule: If-match any

CIR 128 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), PIR 128 (kbps), EBS 512 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

# Display the CAR information on GigabitEthernet 1/0/2.

<Sysname> display qos car interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Direction: inbound

Rule: If-match any

CIR 50 (%), CBS 600 (ms), EBS 0 (ms), PIR 50 (%)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Table 34 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including interface type and interface number.
Direction | Direction in which traffic policing is applied.
Rule | Match criteria.
CIR | CIR in kbps (if the CIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the CIR is specified in percentage).
CBS | CBS in bytes (if the CBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the CBS is specified in milliseconds). When the CBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
EBS | EBS in bytes (if the EBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the EBS is specified in milliseconds). When the EBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
PIR | PIR in kbps (if the PIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the PIR is specified in percentage).
Green action | Action to take on green packets.
Yellow action | Action to take on yellow packets.
Red action | Action to take on red packets.

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- display qos carl

Use display qos carl to display CAR lists.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos carl [ carl-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos carl [ carl-index ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos carl [ carl-index ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

carl-index: Specifies a CAR list by its number in the range of 1 to 199. If you do not specify a CAR list, this command displays all CAR lists.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the CAR lists for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, th is command displays the CAR lists for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the CAR lists for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the CAR lists for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays the CAR lists for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# Display all CAR lists.

<Sysname> display qos carl

List Rules

1 destination-ip-address range 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.2 per-address shared-bandwidth

2 destination-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.1 22 per-address shared-bandwidth

4 dscp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 cs1

5 mac 0000-0000-0000

6 mpls-exp 0 1 2

9 precedence 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10 source-ip-address range 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.2

11 source-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.1 31

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- qos car (interface view)

Use qos car to configure a CAR policy on an interface.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from an interface.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index }

Default

No CAR policy is configured on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming packets on the interface.

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing packets on the interface.

any: Performs CAR for all IP packets in the specified direction.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs CAR for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument varies by device model. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

carl carl-index: Performs CAR for packets matching a CAR list specified by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes, which is the size of bursty traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

green: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to the CIR. The default is pass.

red: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate exceeds the CIR but conforms to the PIR. The default is pass.

action: Specifies the action to take on packets:

¡¤ continue: Continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy.

¡¤ discard: Drops the packet.

¡¤ pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-continue new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-pass new-atmclp: Sets the CLP bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-frde-continue new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-frde-pass new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and permits the packet to pass through. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Remarks the packet with a new IP precedence and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Remarks the packet with a new IP precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

You can configure multiple qos car commands on an interface to define multiple CAR policies. These CAR policies are executed in their configuration order.

Examples

# Perform CAR for all packets in the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1. The CAR parameters are as follows:

¡¤ CIR is 200 kbps.

¡¤ CBS is 5 12 0 bytes.

¡¤ EBS is 0.

¡¤ Conforming packets are transmitted.

¡¤ Excess packets are set with an IP precedence of 0 and transmitted.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound any cir 200 cbs 5000 ebs 0 green pass red remark-prec-pass 0

Related commands

display qos car interface

qos carl

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- qos car (user profile view, session group profile view)

Use qos car to configure a CAR policy for a user profile or session group profile.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from a user profile or session group profile.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } any cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

qos car { inbound | outbound } any cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ]

undo qos car { inbound | outbound }

Default

No CAR policy is configured for a user profile or session group profile.

Views

User profile view

Session group profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming traffic (traffic sent by the online users).

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing traffic (traffic received by the online users).

any: Performs CAR for all IP packets in the specified direction.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes, which is the size of bursty traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes. The default value for excess-burst-size is 0 bytes. The value range for excess-burst-size varies by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

The conforming traffic is permitted to pass through, and the excess traffic is dropped.

If you execute the qos car command multiple times for the same user profile or session group profile, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You can configure a CAR policy only for the outgoing traffic of a session group profile.

Examples

# Perform CAR for packets received by user profile user. The CAR parameters are as follows:

¡¤ The CIR is 200 kbps.

¡¤ The CBS is 51200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos car outbound any cir 200 cbs 51200

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- qos car percent (interface view)

Use qos car percent to configure a CAR policy in percentage on an interface.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from an interface.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-numbe r | carl carl-index } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time ] pir pir-percent [ ebs ebs-time ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index }

Default

No CAR policy is configured in percentage on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming packets on the interface.

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing packets on the interface.

any: Performs CAR for all IP data packets in the specified direction.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs CAR for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument varies by device model. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

carl carl-index: Performs CAR for packets matching a CAR list specified by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

percent cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for cbs-time vary by device model.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for ebs-time vary by device model.

pir pir-percent: Specifies the PIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The value for the pir-percent argument must be greater than or equal to the value for the cir-percent argument.

green: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to CIR. The default is pass.

red: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate exceeds CIR but conforms to PIR. The default is pass.

action: Specifies the action to take on packets:

¡¤ continue: Continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy.

¡¤ discard: Drops the packet.

¡¤ pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-continue new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-pass new-atmclp: Sets the CLP bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-frde-continue new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-frde-pass new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and permits the packet to pass through. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-lp-continue new-lp: Sets the local precedence value of the packet to new-lp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-lp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-lp-pass new-lp: Sets the local precedence value of the packet to new-lp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-lp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car percent command with the pir pir-percent option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car percent command without the pir pir-percent option.

You can configure multiple qos car percent commands on an interface to define multiple CAR policies. These CAR policies are executed in their configuration order.

Examples

# Perform CAR for all outgoing packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound any percent cir 50 cbs 1000

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Traffic policing commands -- qos carl

Use qos carl to create or modify a CAR list.

Use undo qos carl to delete a CAR list.

Syntax

qos carl carl-index { dscp dscp-list | mac mac-address | mpls-exp mpls-exp-value | precedence precedence-value | { destination-ip-address | source-ip-address } { range start-ip-address to end-ip-address | subnet ip-address mask-length } [ per-address [ shared-bandwidth ] ] }

undo qos carl carl-index

Default

No CAR list is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

carl-index: Specifies a CAR list by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

dscp dscp-list: Specifies a list of DSCP values. A DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63 or any of the following keywords af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef. You can configure up to eight DSCP values in one command line. If the same DSCP value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined DSCP values, it matches the if-match clause.

mac mac-address: Specifies a MAC address in hexadecimal format.

mpls-exp mpls-exp-value: Specifies an MPLS EXP value in the range of 0 to 7. You can configure up to eight MPLS EXP values in one command line. If the same MPLS EXP value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined MPLS EXP values, it matches the if-match clause.

precedence precedence: Specifies a precedence value in the range of 0 to 7. You can configure up to eight IP precedence values in one command line. If the same IP precedence value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined IP precedence values, it matches the if-match clause.

destination-ip-address: Configures a destination IP address-based CAR list.

source-ip-address: Configures a source IP address-based CAR list.

range start-ip-address to end-ip-address: Specifies an IP address range by the start address and end address. The value for end-ip-address must be greater than the value for start-ip-address. The maximum number of IP addresses that an IP address range can accommodate varies by device model.

subnet ip-address mask-length: Specifies a subnet by the IP subnet address and IP subnet address mask length. The value range for mask-length varies by device model.

per-address: Performs per-IP address rate limiting within the network segment. When this keyword is specified, the CIR is dedicated bandwidth for each IP address and is not shared by any other IP address. If you do not specify this keyword, the following events occur:

¡¤ Rate limiting is performed for the entire network segment.

¡¤ All of the CIR is allocated among all IP addresses in proportion to the traffic load of each IP address.

shared-bandwidth: Specifies that traffic of all IP addresses within the network segment shares the remaining bandwidth (the CIR). If you specify this keyword, all of the CIR is allocated evenly among all IP addresses with traffic load.

Usage guidelines

You can create a CAR list based on IP precedence, MAC address, MPLS EXP, DSCP, or IP network segment.

If you execute this command multiple times for the same CAR list, the most recent configuration takes effect. If you execute this command multiple times for different CAR lists, multiple CAR lists are created.

To perform rate limiting for a single IP address, use the qos car acl command in interface view.

Examples

# Apply CAR list 1 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to meet the following requirements:

¡¤ The rate of each host on the subnet 1.1.1.0/24 is limited to 512 kbps.

¡¤ Traffic of IP addresses in the subnet does not share the remaining bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos carl 1 source-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.0 24 per-address

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound carl 1 cir 512 cbs 5120 ebs 0 green pass red discard

# Apply CAR list 2 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to meet the following requirements:

¡¤ The rate of each host in the IP address range of 1.1.2.100 to 1.1.2.199 is limited to 5 Mbps.

¡¤ Traffic of IP addresses in the subnet shares the remaining bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos carl 2 source-ip-address range 1.1.2.100 to 1.1.2.199 per-address shared-bandwidth

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound carl 2 cir 5120 cbs 51200 ebs 51200 green pass red discard

Related commands

display qos carl

qos car

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- GTS commands -- display qos gts interface

Use display qos gts interface to display the GTS information for interfaces.

Syntax

display qos gts interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the GTS information for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the GTS information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos gts interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Rule: If-match acl 2001

CIR 512 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), PIR 5120 (kbps), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Queue Length: 100 (Packets)

Queue Size: 70 (Packets)

Passed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Discarded: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Delayed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Rule: If-match acl 2001

CIR 64 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Queue Length: 100 (Packets)

Queue Size: 70 (Packets)

Passed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Discarded: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Delayed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Table 35 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
Rule | Match criteria.
CIR | CIR in kbps (if the CIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the CIR is specified in percentage).
CBS | CBS in bytes (if the CBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the CBS is specified in milliseconds). When the CBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
EBS | EBS in bytes (if the EBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the EBS is specified in milliseconds). When the EBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
PIR | PIR in kbps (if the PIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the PIR is specified in percentage).
Queue Length | Number of packets that the buffer can hold.
Queue Size | Number of packets in the buffer.
Passed | Number and bytes of packets that have been forwarded.
Discarded | Number and bytes of dropped packets.
Delayed | Number and bytes of delayed packets.

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- GTS commands -- qos gts (interface view)

Use qos gts to set GTS parameters on an interface.

Use undo qos gts to delete the GTS configuration on an interface.

Syntax

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id }

Default

No GTS parameters are configured on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

any: Shapes all packets.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs GTS for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument varies by device model. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

queue queue-id: Shapes the packets in a queue specified by its ID. The value range for queue-id varies by device model.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes, which is the traffic exceeding CBS when two token buckets are used. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The PIR cannot be smaller than the CIR. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

queue-length queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default and the value range for queue-length vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

Examples

# Shape the packets matching ACL 2001 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1. The GTS parameters are as follows:

¡¤ The CIR is 200 kbps.

¡¤ The CBS is 51200 bytes.

¡¤ The EBS is 0.

¡¤ The maximum buffer queue length is 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gts acl 2001 cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 queue-length 100

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- GTS commands -- qos gts (session group profile view)

Use qos gts to set GTS parameters for a session group profile.

Use undo qos gts to restore the default.

Syntax

qos gts queue queue-id cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ]

undo qos gts queue queue-id

Default

No GTS parameters are set for a session group profile.

Views

Session group profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue queue-id: Shapes the packets in a queue specified by its ID. The value range for queue-id varies by device model.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes, which is the traffic exceeding the CBS when two token buckets are used. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The PIR cannot be smaller than the CIR. The value range for peak-information-rate varies by device model.

Examples

# Shape the packets received by session group profile aaa in queue 1. The GTS parameters are as follows:

¡¤ The CIR is 200 kbps.

¡¤ The CBS is 5 12 00 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile aaa type session-group

[Sysname-session-group-profile-aaa] qos gts queue 1 cir 200 cbs 51200

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- GTS commands -- qos gts (user profile view)

Use qos gts to set GTS parameters for a user profile.

Use undo qos gts to restore the default.

Syntax

qos gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

undo qos gts

Default

No GTS parameters are set for a user profile.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes. The default for excess-burst-size is 0 bytes. The value range varies by device model.

Examples

# Shape the packets received by user profile user. The GTS parameters are as follows:

¡¤ The CIR is 200 kbps.

¡¤ The CBS is 5 12 00 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos gts cir 200 cbs 51200

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- GTS commands -- qos gts percent (interface view)

Use qos gts percent to configure GTS parameters in percentage on an interface.

Use undo qos gts to delete the GTS configuration on an interface.

Syntax

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time ] pir pir-percent [ ebs ebs-time ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | queue queue-id }

Default

No GTS parameters are configured in percentage on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

any: Shapes all packets.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Shapes packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument varies by device model. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

queue queue-id: Shapes the packets in a queue specified by its ID. The value range for queue-id varies by device model.

cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for cbs-time vary by device model.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for ebs-time vary by device model.

pir pir-percent: Specifies the PIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The value for the pir-percent argument must be greater than or equal to the value for the cir-percent argument.

queue-length queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default and the value range for queue-length vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts percent command with the pir pir-percent option. To use one rate for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts percent command without the pir pir-percent option.

Examples

# Shape all packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gts any percent cir 50 cbs 1000

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Rate limit commands -- display qos lr

Use display qos lr to display the rate limit information for interfaces or PWs.

Syntax

display qos lr { interface [ interface-type interface-number ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the rate limit information for all interfaces.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the rate limit information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the rate limit information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos lr interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Outbound

CIR 2000 (kbps), CBS 20480 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Passed : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Delayed : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Active shaping: No

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Direction: Outbound

CIR 64 (kbps), CBS 512 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Passed : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Delayed : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Active shaping: No

# Display the rate limit information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos lr l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.2.3.4, pw-id 1

Direction: Outbound

CIR 1024 (kbps), CBS 64000 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

Passed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Delayed : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Active shaping: No

Table 36 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Direction | Direction in which the rate limit configuration is applied.
CIR | CIR in kbps (if the CIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the CIR is specified in percentage).
CBS | CBS in bytes (if the CBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the CBS is specified in milliseconds). When the CBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
EBS | EBS in bytes (if the EBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the EBS is specified in milliseconds). When the EBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value.
Passed | Number and bytes of packets that have passed.
Discarded | Number and bytes of dropped packets.
Delayed | Number and bytes of delayed packets.
Active shaping | Indicates whether the rate limit configuration is activated: ¡¤ Yes¡ªActivated. ¡¤ No¡ªNot activated.

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Rate limit commands -- qos lr

Use qos lr to configure rate limiting on an interface or PW.

Use undo qos lr to delete the rate limit configuration.

Syntax

qos lr { inbound | outbound } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

undo qos lr { inbound | outbound }

Default

No rate limit is configured on an interface or PW.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Limits the rate of incoming packets.

outbound: Limits the rate of outgoing packets.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes, which is the traffic exceeding CBS when two token buckets are used. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

Examples

# Limit the rate of outgoing packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, with CIR 256 kbps and CBS 51200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos lr outbound cir 256 cbs 51200

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands -- Rate limit commands -- qos lr percent

Use qos lr percent to configure percentage-based rate limiting on an interface.

Use undo qos lr to delete the rate limiting configuration on an interface.

Syntax

qos lr { inbound | outbound } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ]

qos lr { inbound | outbound }

Default

Percentage-based rate limiting is not configured on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Limits the rate of incoming packets.

outbound: Limits the rate of outgoing packets.

percent cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent ¡Á interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for cbs-time vary by device model.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time ¡Á the actual CIR value. The default and the value range for ebs-time vary by device model.

Examples

# Limit the rate of outgoing packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos lr outbound percent cir 50 cbs 1000

Congestion management commands -- Common commands -- display qos queue interface

Use display qos queue interface to display the queuing information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the queuing information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the queuing information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Examples

# Display the queuing information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/3

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/4

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/5

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/6

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Table 37 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
Output queue | Type of the current output queue.
Group | Number of the group that holds the queue. By default, all queues are in group 1.
Weight | Packet-count scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.
Byte-count | Byte-count scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.

Congestion management commands -- Common commands -- display qos queue l2vpn-pw

Use display qos queue l2vpn-pw to display the queuing information for PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the queuing information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the queuing information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

L2VPN-PW: peer 2.2.2.2 pw-id 2

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

Weight: IP Precedence

Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

Table 38 Command output

Field | Description
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of packets dropped.
Weight | Weight type: ¡¤ IP Precedence. ¡¤ DSCP.
Active | Number of active WFQ queues.
Max active | Maximum number of active WFQ queues that was reached.
Total | Total number of configured WFQ queues.

Congestion management commands -- Common commands -- reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw

Use reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw to clear the QoS statistics for PWs.

Syntax

reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command clears QoS statistics for all PWs.

Examples

# Clear the QoS statistics for PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1

Congestion management commands -- FIFO queuing commands -- display qos queue fifo

Use display qos queue fifo to display the FIFO information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue fifo interface { [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the FIFO information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the FIFO information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the FIFO information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the FIFO information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue fifo interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

# Display the FIFO information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue fifo l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Table 39 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of packets dropped.

Congestion management commands -- FIFO queuing commands -- qos fifo queue-length

Use qos fifo queue-length to set the FIFO queue length.

Use undo qos fifo queue-length to restore the default.

Syntax

qos fifo queue-length queue-length

undo qos fifo queue-length

Default

The FIFO queue length is 75.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the FIFO queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

For FIFO queuing to take effect on a subinterface, you must configure the rate limit on the subinterface.

Examples

# Set the FIFO queue length to 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos fifo queue-length 100

Related commands

display qos queue fifo interface

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- display qos pql

Use display qos pql to display the PQ list configuration.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos pql [ pql-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos pql [ pql-index ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos pql [ pql-index ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the PQ list configuration for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the PQ list configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the PQ list configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the PQ list configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays the PQ list configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Examples

# Display the configuration of all PQ lists.

<Sysname> display qos pql

Current PQL configuration:

List Queue Parameters

------------------------------------------------------

1 Top Protocol ip less-than 1000

2 Normal Length 80

2 Bottom Length 40

3 Middle Inbound-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1

4 Top Local-precedence 7

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- display qos queue pq interface

Use display qos queue pq interface to display the PQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue pq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the PQ information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the PQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the PQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. A VT interface itself does not have QoS information.

Examples

# Display the PQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue pq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Priority queuing: PQL 1 Size/Length/Discards

Top: 0/20/0 Middle: 0/40/0 Normal: 0/60/0 Bottom: 0/80/0

Table 40 Command output

Field | Description
Priority queuing: PQL 1 | PQL 1 indicates the PQ list in use.
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of dropped packets.
Top | Top priority queue.
Middle | Middle priority queue.
Normal | Normal priority queue.
Bottom | Bottom priority queue.

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pq

Use qos pq to apply a PQ list to an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos pq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos pq pql pql-index

undo qos pq

Default

An interface or PVC uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times on an interface or PVC, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Multiple match criteria can be configured for a PQ list. When a packet arrives, it is examined against match criteria in their configuration order.

¡¤ If a match is found, the packet is assigned to the corresponding queue, and the matching process ends.

¡¤ If no match is found, the packet is assigned to the default queue.

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

¡¤ Tunnel interfaces.

¡¤ Subinterfaces.

¡¤ Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

¡¤ HDLC link bundle interfaces.

¡¤ RPR logical interfaces.

¡¤ VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR (Frame Relay interfaces are not enabled with FRTS).

Examples

# Apply PQ list 12 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos pq pql 12

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql default-queue

Use qos pql default-queue to specify a priority queue as the default queue for a PQ list.

Use undo qos pql default-queue to restore the default.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index default-queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index default-queue

Default

The normal queue is the default queue for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

Usage guidelines

If a packet does not match any criteria in a PQ list, the packet is assigned to the default queue of the PQ list.

If you execute this command multiple times for the same PQ list, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the bottom queue as the default queue for PQ list 12.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 default-queue bottom

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql inbound-interface

Use qos pql inbound-interface to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets received on the specified interface to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql inbound-interface to delete an assignment rule based on the specified input interface from a PQ list.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an input interface by its type and number.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on input interfaces.

Examples

# In PQ list 12, assign packets received on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to the middle queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 inbound-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 queue middle

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql local-precedence

Use qos pql local-precedence to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified local precedence values to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql local-precedence to delete an assignment rule based on the specified local precedence values from a PQ list.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

local-precedence-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range is 0 to 7.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on local precedence values.

Examples

# In PQ list 12, assign packets with local precedence 3 to the middle queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 local-precedence 3 queue middle

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql protocol

Use qos pql protocol to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets of the specified protocol type to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql protocol to delete an assignment rule based on the specified protocol type from a PQ list.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ] queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ]

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-key key-value: Matches specific IP or IPv6 packets. If you specify neither the queue-key argument nor the key-value argument, all IP or IPv6 packets are matched.

Table 41 Values of the queue-key argument and the key-value argument

queue-key | key-value | Description
acl | ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999 | Packets matching a specific ACL are enqueued.
fragments | N/A | Fragmented packets are enqueued.
greater-than | Length in the range of 0 to 65535 | Packets greater than a specific size are enqueued.
less-than | Length in the range of 0 to 65535 | Packets smaller than a specific size are enqueued.
tcp | Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name | Packets with a specific source or destination TCP port number are enqueued.
udp | Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name | Packets with a specific source or destination UDP port number are enqueued.

Usage guidelines

When classifying a packet, the system matches the packet against match criteria in the order configured. When a match is found, the matching process ends.

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on protocol types.

Examples

# In PQ list 5, assign IP packets matching ACL 3100 to the top queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 5 protocol ip acl 3100 queue top

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql protocol mpls exp

Use qos pql protocol mpls exp to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified MPLS EXP values to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql protocol mpls exp to delete an assignment rule based on the specified MPLS EXP values from a PQ list.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

exp-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS EXP values. The value range is 0 to 7.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on MPLS EXP values.

Examples

# In PQ list 5, assign packets with MPLS EXP value 2 or 4 to the top queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 5 protocol mpls exp 2 4 queue top

Congestion management commands -- PQ commands -- qos pql queue

Use qos pql queue to specify the length of a priority queue in a PQ list.

Use undo qos pql queue to restore the default length for a priority queue in a PQ list.

Syntax

qos pql pql-index queue { bottom | middle | normal | top } queue-length queue-length

undo qos pql pql-index queue { bottom | middle | normal | top } queue-length

Default

The queue length values for top, middle, normal, and bottom queues are 20, 40, 60, and 80, respectively.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

If a queue is full, all subsequent packets to this queue are dropped.

Examples

# In PQ list 10, set the length of the top queue to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 10 queue top queue-length 10

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- display qos cql

Use display qos cql to display the CQ list configuration.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos cql [ cql-index ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos cql [ cql-index ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos cql [ cql-index ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16. If you do not specify a CQ list, this command displays the configuration of all CQ lists.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the CQ list configuration for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the CQ list configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the CQ list configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the CQ list configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays the CQ list configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Examples

# Display the configuration of all CQ lists.

<Sysname> display qos cql

Current CQL configuration:

List Queue Parameters

------------------------------------------------------

2 3 Protocol ip fragments

3 6 Length 100

3 1 Inbound-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1

4 5 Local-precedence 7

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- display qos queue cq interface

Use display qos queue cq interface to display the CQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue cq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the CQ information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the CQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the CQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. A VT interface itself does not have QoS information.

Examples

# Display the CQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname>display qos queue cq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Custom queuing: CQL 1 Size/Length/Discards

1: 0/20/0 2: 0/20/0 3: 0/20/0

4: 0/20/0 5: 0/20/0 6: 0/20/0

7: 0/20/0 8: 0/20/0 9: 0/20/0

10: 0/20/0 11: 0/20/0 12: 0/20/0

13: 0/20/0 14: 0/20/0 15: 0/20/0

16: 0/20/0

Table 42 Command output

Field | Description
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of dropped packets.

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cq

Use qos cq to apply a CQ list to an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos cq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cq cql cql-index

undo qos cq

Default

An interface or PVC uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times on an interface or PVC, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Multiple match criteria can be configured for a CQ list. When a packet arrives, it is examined against match criteria in their configuration order.

¡¤ If a match is found, the packet is assigned to the corresponding queue, and the matching process ends.

¡¤ If no match is found, the packet is assigned to the default queue.

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

¡¤ Tunnel interfaces.

¡¤ Subinterfaces.

¡¤ Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

¡¤ HDLC link bundle interfaces.

¡¤ RPR logical interfaces.

¡¤ VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR. (To configure MPoFR, make sure the Frame Relay interface in MPoFR is not enabled with FRTS.)

Examples

# Apply CQ list 5 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos cq cql 5

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql default-queue

Use qos cql default-queue to specify a custom queue as the default queue for a CQ list.

Use undo qos cql default-queue to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index default-queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index default-queue

Default

Queue 1 is the default queue.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If a packet does not match any criteria in a CQ list, the packet is assigned to the default queue of the CQ list.

Examples

# Specify queue 2 as the default queue for CQ list 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 default-queue 2

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql inbound-interface

Use qos cql inbound-interface to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets received on the specified interface to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql inbound-interface to delete an assignment rule based on the specified input interface from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an input interface by its type and number.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on input interfaces.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets received from GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 inbound-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 queue 3

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql local-precedence

Use qos cql local-precedence to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets with any of the specified local precedence values to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql local-precedence to delete an assignment rule based on the specified local precedence values from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

local-precedence-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range is 0 to 7.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on local precedence values.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets with local precedence 4 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 local-precedence 4 queue 3

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql protocol

Use qos cql protocol to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets of the specified protocol type to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql protocol to delete an assignment rule based on the specified protocol type from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ] queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ]

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-key key-value: Matches specific IP or IPv6 packets. If you specify neither the queue-key argument nor the key-value argument, all IP or IPv6 packets are matched.

Table 43 Values of the queue-key argument and the key-value argument

queue-key | key-value | Description
acl | ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999 | Packets matching a specific ACL are enqueued.
fragments | N/A | Fragmented packets are enqueued.
greater-than | Length in the range of 0 to 65535 | Packets greater than a specific size are enqueued.
less-than | Length in the range of 0 to 65535 | Packets smaller than a specific size are enqueued.
tcp | Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name | Packets with a specific source or destination TCP port number are enqueued.
udp | Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name | Packets with a specific source or destination UDP port number are enqueued.

Usage guidelines

When classifying a packet, the system matches the packet against match criteria in their configuration order. When a match is found, the matching process ends.

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on protocol types.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign IP packets matching ACL 3100 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 protocol ip acl 3100 queue 3

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql protocol mpls exp

Use qos cql protocol mpls exp to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets with any of the specified MPLS EXP values to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql protocol mpls exp to delete an assignment rule based on the specified MPLS EXP values from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

exp-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS EXP values. The value range is 0 to 7.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on MPLS EXP values.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets with MPLS EXP value 2 or 4 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 protocol mpls exp 2 4 queue 3

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql queue

Use qos cql queue to specify the length of a custom queue in a CQ list.

Use undo qos cql queue to restore the default length for a custom queue in a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index queue queue-id queue-length queue-length

undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-id queue-length

Default

The queue length is 20 for each queue.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in a custom queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

If a queue is full, all subsequent packets to this queue are dropped.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, set the length of custom queue 4 to 40.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 queue 4 queue-length 40

Congestion management commands -- CQ commands -- qos cql queue serving

Use qos cql queue serving to specify the number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle.

Use undo qos cql queue serving to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index queue queue-id serving byte-count

undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-id serving

Default

The number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle is 1500 bytes.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

byte-count: Specifies the number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle of queue scheduling. The value range for the byte-count argument is 1 to 16777215 bytes.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, set the byte count to 1400 for queue 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 queue 2 serving 1400

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- display qos queue wfq

Use display qos queue wfq to display the WFQ information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue wfq { interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WFQ information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the WFQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the WFQ information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the WFQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue wfq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

Weight: IP Precedence

Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

# Display the WFQ information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue wfq l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

Weight: IP Precedence

Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

Table 44 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of dropped packets.
Weight | Weight type: ¡¤ IP Precedence. ¡¤ DSCP.
Active | Number of active WFQ queues.
Max active | Maximum number of active WFQ queues that was reached.
Total | Total number of configured WFQ queues.

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- qos wfq

Use qos wfq to apply WFQ to an interface, PVC, or PW, or modify WFQ parameters.

Use undo qos wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wfq [ dscp | precedence ] [ queue-number total-queue-number | queue-length max-queue-length ] *

undo qos wfq

Default

An interface, PVC, or PW uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp: Specifies DSCP as the weight type.

precedence: Specifies IP precedence as the weight type. This is the default weight type.

queue-length max-queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets a queue can hold. The value range for the max-queue-length argument is 1 to 1024, and the default is 64.

queue-number total-queue-number: Specifies the total number of queues, which can be 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096. The default is 256.

Usage guidelines

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

¡¤ Tunnel interfaces.

¡¤ Subinterfaces.

¡¤ Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

¡¤ HDLC link bundle interfaces.

¡¤ RPR logical interfaces.

¡¤ VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR. (To configure MPoFR, make sure the Frame Relay interface in MPoFR is not enabled with FRTS.)

Examples

# Apply WFQ to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and set the maximum queue length to 100 and the total number of queues to 512.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

Related commands

display qos queue wfq interface

Congestion management commands -- RTPQ commands -- display qos queue rtpq interface

Use display qos queue rtpq interface to display the RTPQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue rtpq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the RTPQ information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the RTPQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the RTPQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. A VT interface itself does not have QoS information.

Examples

# Display the RTPQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue rtpq interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - RTP queuing: Size/Max/Outputs/Discards 0/0/0/0

Table 45 Command output

Field | Description
Size | Number of packets in a queue.
Max | Historical maximum number of packets in the queue.
Outputs | Number of sent packets.
Discards | Number of dropped packets.

Congestion management commands -- RTPQ commands -- qos rtpq

Use qos rtpq to enable RTPQ on an interface or PVC for RTP packets to specific UDP ports.

Use undo qos rtpq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos rtpq start-port first-rtp-port-number end-port last-rtp-port-number bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs committed-burst-size ]

undo qos rtpq

Default

RTPQ is disabled an interface or PVC.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

start-port first-rtp-port-numbe r: Specifies the start UDP port number in the range of 2000 to 65535.

end-port last-rtp-port-numbe r: Specifies the end UDP port number in the range of 2000 to 65535.

bandwidth bandwidth: Specifies the maximum bandwidth allowed for the RTP priority queue, in the range of 8 to 1000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in the range of 1500 to 2000000 bytes. The default for the committed-burst-size argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

This command provides preferential service for delay-sensitive applications, such as real-time voice traffic transmission.

Set the bandwidth argument to a value greater than the required bandwidth for real-time applications to allow bursts of traffic.

Examples

# Enable RTPQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 for RTP packets with a destination UDP port number in the range of 16384 to 32767.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos rtpq start-port 16384 end-port 32767 bandwidth 64

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- display qos queue cbq

Use display qos queue cbq to display the CBQ information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue cbq { interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command the CBQ information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command the CBQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the CBQ information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the CBQ information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue cbq interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Class Based Queuing: Size/Discards 0/0

Queue Size: EF/AF/BE 0/0/0

BE Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/256

AF Queues: Allocated 1

Bandwidth(kbps): Available/Max reserve 74992/75000

# Display the CBQ information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue cbq l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Class Based Queuing: Size/Discards 0/0

Queue Size: EF/AF/BE 0/0/0

BE Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/256

AF Queues: Allocated 1

Bandwidth(kbps): Available/Max reserve 74992/75000

Table 46 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.
L2VPN-PW | A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.
Size | Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.
Length | Number of packets allowed in each queue.
Discards | Number of dropped packets.
EF | EF queue.
AF | AF queue.
BE | BE queue.
Active | Number of active BE queues.
Max active | Maximum number of active BE queues allowed.
Total | Total number of BE queues.
Available | Available bandwidth for CBQ.
Max reserve | Maximum reserved bandwidth for CBQ.

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- qos reserved-bandwidth

Use qos reserved-bandwidth to set the maximum reserved bandwidth as a percentage of available bandwidth on the interface.

Use undo qos reserved-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

qos reserved-bandwidth pct percent

undo qos reserved-bandwidth

Default

The maximum reserved bandwidth is 80% of available bandwidth on the interface.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

percent: Specifies the percentage of available bandwidth to be reserved. The value range for this argument is 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

The maximum reserved bandwidth is set on a per-interface or per-PVC basis. It decides the maximum bandwidth assignable for the QoS queues on an interface or PVC. It is typically set no greater than 80% of available bandwidth, considering the bandwidth for control traffic and Layer 2 frame headers.

Use the default maximum reserved bandwidth setting in most situations. If you adjust the setting, make sure the Layer 2 frame header plus the data traffic is under the maximum available bandwidth of the interface.

The maximum available bandwidth of an interface can be set by using the bandwidth command. For more information about this command, see Interface Command Reference.

If you execute the qos reserved-bandwidth pct command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the maximum reserved bandwidth to 70% of available bandwidth on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos reserved-bandwidth pct 70

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue af

Use queue af to enable assured-forwarding (AF) and set its minimum guaranteed bandwidth.

Use undo queue af to restore the default.

Syntax

queue af bandwidth { bandwidth | pct percentage | remaining-pct remaining-percentage }

undo queue af

Default

AF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the bandwidth in kbps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

pct percentage: Specifies the percentage of the available bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

remaining-pct remaining-percentage: Specifies the percentage of the remaining bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

To associate the traffic behavior configured with the queue af command with a class in a policy, you must follow these requirements:

¡¤ The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF queues in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

¡¤ The total percentage of bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed 100.

¡¤ The bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy must use the same form, either as an absolute bandwidth value or as a percentage.

If you execute the queue af command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure AF in traffic behavior database and assign the minimum guaranteed bandwidth 200 kbps to it.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue ef

Use queue ef to configure expedited forwarding (EF) and assign its maximum bandwidth.

Use undo queue ef to restore the default.

Syntax

queue ef bandwidth { bandwidth [ cbs burst ] | pct percentage [ cbs-ratio ratio ] }

undo queue ef

Default

EF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the bandwidth in kbps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

cbs burst: Sets the CBS in bytes. The value range for this argument varies by device model. The default is bandwidth ¡Á 25.

pct percentage: Specifies the percentage of the available bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

cbs-ratio ratio: Sets the allowed burst ratio in the range of 25 to 500. This default is 25.

Usage guidelines

You cannot use this command in conjunction with the queue af or queue-length command in the same traffic behavior.

In a policy, the default class cannot be associated with the traffic behavior that has the queue ef command.

The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

The total percentage of the maximum available bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed 100.

The bandwidths assigned to AF and EF in a policy must have the same type, bandwidth or percentage.

After the queue ef bandwidth pct percentage [ cbs-ratio ratio ] command is used, CBS equals (Interface available bandwidth ¡Á percentage ¡Á ratio)/100/1000.

After the queue ef bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs burst ] command is used, CBS equals burst. If the burst argument is not specified, CBS equals bandwidth ¡Á 25.

If you execute the queue ef command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure EF in traffic behavior database, with the maximum bandwidth as 200 kbps and CBS as 5000 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue ef bandwidth 200 cbs 5000

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue sp

Use queue sp to configure SP.

Use undo queue sp to restore the default.

Syntax

queue sp

undo queue sp

Default

SP is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

The traffic behavior configured with this command cannot be associated with the default class.

The SP queue length is a fixed value, and this value varies by device model.

You cannot configure this command together with either of the following command combinations in one traffic behavior:

¡¤ queue af and queue-length.

¡¤ queue ef and queue-length.

Examples

# Configure SP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue sp

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue wfq

Use queue wfq to configure WFQ for the default class.

Use undo queue wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

queue wfq [ queue-number total-queue-number ]

undo queue wfq

Default

WFQ is not configured for the default class.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-number total-queue-number: Specifies the number of fair queues, which can be 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096. The default is 256.

Usage guidelines

The traffic behavior configured with this command can only be associated with the default class. This command can be used in conjunction with the queue-length or wred command in the same traffic behavior.

Examples

# Configure the default class to use WFQ with 16 queues.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior test

[Sysname-behavior-test] queue wfq queue-number 16

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier default-class behavior test

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue-length

Use queue-length to set the queue length used for tail drop.

Use undo queue-length to restore the default.

Syntax

queue-length queue-length

undo queue-length

Default

The queue length used for tail drop is 64.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the FIFO queue. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure the queue af command or the queue wfq command has been configured.

The undo queue af or undo queue wfq command deletes the queue length configured by using the queue-length command.

If you execute the queue-length command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the maximum queue length to 16 and specify tail drop for AF.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue-length 16

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- wred

Use wred to enable WRED.

Use undo wred to restore the default.

Syntax

wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ]

undo wred

Default

WRED is disabled.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp: Uses the DSCP value for calculating the drop probability for a packet.

ip-precedence: Uses the IP precedence value for calculating the drop probability for a packet. This is the default.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command only after you have configured the queue af or queue wfq command.

This command and the queue-length command are mutually exclusive in a traffic behavior. After you configure one command, the other command cannot take effect.

The undo wred command also deletes other WRED settings.

Examples

# Enable WRED in traffic behavior database and calculate the drop probabilities based on IP precedence values.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- wred dscp

Use wred dscp to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for packets with a DSCP value.

Use undo wred dscp to delete the settings for a DSCP value.

Syntax

wred dscp dscp-value low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit [ discard-probability discard-prob ]

undo wred dscp dscp-value

Default

The lower limit is 10, and the upper limit is 30.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63. This argument can also be represented by using one of the keywords listed in Table 7.

low limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255. The default is 10.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure DSCP-based WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred dscp command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

Removing the queue af or queue wfq command configuration also removes the WRED-related parameters.

Examples

# Set the following parameters for packets with DSCP value 3: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred dscp

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred dscp 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- wred ip-precedence

Use wred ip-precedence to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for packets with an IP precedence value.

Use undo wred ip-precedence to delete the settings for an IP precedence value.

Syntax

wred ip-precedence precedence low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit [ discard-probability discard-prob ]

undo wred ip-precedence precedence

Default

The lower limit is 10, and the upper limit is 30.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

precedence: Specifies an IP precedence value in the range of 0 to 7.

low limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255. The default is 10.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure IP precedence-based WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred ip-precedence command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

Removing the queue af or queue wfq command configuration also removes the WRED-related parameters.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with IP precedence value 3: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- wred weighting-constant

Use wred weighting-constant to set the exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size.

Use undo wred weighting-constant to restore the default.

Syntax

wred weighting-constant exponent

undo wred weighting-constant

Default

The exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size is 9.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

exponent: Specifies the exponent in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure the queue af or queue wfq command is configured and WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred weighting-constant command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

If you execute the wred weighting-constant command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the WRED exponent to calculate the average queue size to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred weighting-constant 6

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

Congestion management commands -- QoS token commands -- qos qmtoken

Use qos qmtoken to set the number of QoS tokens for an interface.

Use undo qos qmtoken to restore the default.

Syntax

qos qmtoken token-number

undo qos qmtoken

Default

The default varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

token-number: Specifies the number of QoS tokens. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

The number of QoS tokens determines the length of the lower-layer queue on an interface. The shorter the lower-layer queue, the lower the dequeuing delay of packets.

If you execute the qos qmtoken command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the number of QoS tokens to 10 for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos qmtoken 10

Congestion management commands -- Packet information pre-extraction commands -- qos pre-classify

Use qos pre-classify to enable packet information pre-extraction on an interface.

Use undo qos pre-classify to disable packet information pre-extraction on an interface.

Syntax

qos pre-classify

undo qos pre-classify

Default

Packet information pre-extraction is disabled on an interface.

Views

Tunnel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Examples

# Enable packet information pre-extraction on Tunnel 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface tunnel 1

[Sysname-Tunnel1] qos pre-classify

Congestion management commands -- SP commands -- display qos queue sp interface

Use display qos queue sp interface to display the SP queuing configuration of an interface.

Syntax

display qos queue sp interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the SP queuing configuration of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the SP queuing configuration of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue sp interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue: Strict Priority queuing

Table 47 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Output queue | Type of the current output queue.

Congestion management commands -- SP commands -- qos sp

Use qos sp to enable SP queuing on an interface.

Use undo qos sp to restore the default.

Syntax

qos sp

undo qos sp

Default

The default queuing algorithm on an interface varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Examples

# Enable SP queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos sp

Related commands

display qos queue sp interface

Congestion management commands -- WRR commands -- display qos queue wrr interface

Use display qos queue wrr interface to display the WRR queuing configuration of an interface.

Syntax

display qos queue wrr interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WRR queuing configuration of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the WRR queuing configuration of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue wrr interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue: Weighted Round Robin queuing

Queue ID Queue name Group Weight

--------------------------------------------------------

0 be 1 1

1 af1 1 1

2 af2 1 1

3 af3 1 1

4 af4 1 1

5 ef 1 1

6 cs6 1 1

7 cs7 sp N/A

Table 48 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Output queue | Type of the current output queue.
Group | Number of the group a queue is assigned to. By default, all queues belong to group 1.
Weight | Packet-count queue scheduling weight of a queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.
Byte count | Byte-count scheduling weight of a queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.

Congestion management commands -- WRR commands -- qos wrr

Use qos wrr to enable WRR queuing on an interface.

Use undo qos wrr to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wrr { byte-count | weight }

undo qos wrr { byte-count | weight }

Default

The default queuing algorithm on an interface varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

Usage guidelines

You must use the qos wrr command to enable WRR queuing before you can configure WRR queuing parameters for a queue on an interface.

Examples

# Enable packet-count WRR queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr weight

# Enable byte-count WRR queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr byte-count

Related commands

display qos queue wrr interface

Congestion management commands -- WRR commands -- qos wrr { byte-count | weight }

Use qos wrr { byte-count | weight } to configure the WRR queuing parameters for a queue on an interface.

Use undo qos wrr to restore the default.

Syntax

On an interface supporting WRR groups:

qos wrr queue-id group { 1 | 2 } { byte-count | weight } schedule-value

undo qos wrr queue-id

On an interface not supporting WRR groups:

qos wrr queue-id { byte-count | weight } schedule-value

undo qos wrr queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Table 49 The number-keyword map for the queue-id argument

Number | Keyword
0 | be
1 | af1
2 | af2
3 | af3
4 | af4
5 | ef
6 | cs6
7 | cs7

group { 1 | 2 }: Specifies WRR group 1 or 2. If you do not specify a group, group 1 applies. Group 1 has higher scheduling priority than group 2. Queues in group 2 are serviced only when all queues in group 1 are empty.

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

schedule-value: Specifies a scheduling weight for the specified queue in WRR queuing. The default and the value range for this argument vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

You must use the qos wrr command to enable WRR queuing before you can configure WRR queuing parameters for a queue on an interface.

Examples

# Enable byte-count WRR queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, assign queue 0 to WRR group 1, and specify scheduling weight 10 for queue 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr byte-count

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr 0 group 1 byte-count 10

Related commands

display qos queue wrr interface

qos wrr

Congestion management commands -- WRR commands -- qos wrr group sp

Use qos wrr group sp to assign a queue to the SP group.

Use undo qos wrr group sp to remove a queue from the SP group.

Syntax

qos wrr queue-id group sp

undo qos wrr queue-id

Default

The default queue scheduling algorithm on an interface varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

This command is available only on a WRR-enabled interface. Queues in the SP group are scheduled with SP. The SP group has higher scheduling priority than the WRR groups.

You must use the qos wrr command to enable WRR queuing before you can configure this command on an interface.

Examples

# Enable WRR queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and assign queue 0 to the SP group.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr weight

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wrr 0 group sp

Related commands

display qos queue wrr interface

qos wrr

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- display qos queue wfq interface

Use display qos queue wfq interface to display the WFQ configuration of an interface.

Syntax

display qos queue wfq interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WFQ configuration of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the WFQ configuration of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos wfq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue: Hardware Weighted Fair Queuing

Queue ID Queue name Group Byte count Min Bandwidth

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 be 1 1 64

1 af1 1 1 64

2 af2 1 1 64

3 af3 1 1 64

4 af4 1 1 64

5 ef 1 1 64

6 cs6 1 1 64

7 cs7 1 1 64

Table 50 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Output queue | Type of the current output queue.
Group | Number of the group that holds the queue. By default, all queues are in group 1.
Byte-count | Byte-count scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.
Weight | Packet-count queue scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.
Min Bandwidth | Minimum guaranteed bandwidth for the queue.

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- qos bandwidth queue

Use qos bandwidth queue to set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for a queue on an interface.

Use undo qos bandwidth queue to restore the default.

Syntax

qos bandwidth queue queue-id min bandwidth-value

undo qos bandwidth queue queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

min bandwidth-value: Sets the minimum guaranteed bandwidth in kbps. The value range for the bandwidth-value argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

The minimum guaranteed bandwidth is the amount of bandwidth guaranteed for a queue when the interface is congested.

You must use the qos wfq command to enable WFQ before you can configure this command on an interface.

Examples

# Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth to 100 kbps for queue 0 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq weight

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos bandwidth queue 0 min 100

Related commands

qos wfq

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- qos wfq

Use qos wfq to enable WFQ on an interface.

Use undo qos wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wfq { byte-count | weight }

undo qos wfq { byte-count | weight }

Default

The default queuing algorithm on an interface varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

Usage guidelines

You must use the qos wfq command to enable WFQ before you can configure WFQ queuing parameters for a queue on an interface.

Examples

# Enable packet-count WFQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq weight

# Enable byte-count WFQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq byte-count

Related commands

display qos queue wfq interface

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- qos wfq { byte-count | weight }

Use qos wfq { byte-count | weight } to assign a queue to a WFQ group with a certain scheduling weight.

Use undo qos wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

On an interface supporting WFQ groups:

qos wfq queue-id group { 1 | 2 } { byte-count | weight } schedule-value

undo qos wfq queue-id

On an interface not supporting WFQ groups:

qos wfq queue-id { byte-count | weight } schedule-value

undo qos wfq queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

group { 1 | 2 }: Specifies WFQ group 1 or 2. If you do not specify a group, group 1 applies. Group 1 has higher scheduling priority than group 2. Queues in group 2 are serviced only when all queues in group 1 are empty.

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

schedule-value: Specifies a scheduling weight for the specified queue in WFQ queuing. The default and the value range for this argument vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

You must use the qos wfq command to enable WFQ before you configure this command.

Examples

# Enable byte-count WFQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, assign queue 0 to WFQ group 1, and specify scheduling weight 10 for queue 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq byte-count

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq 0 group 1 byte-count 10

Related commands

display qos queue wfq interface

qos bandwidth queue

qos wfq

Congestion management commands -- WFQ commands -- qos wfq group sp

Use qos wfq group sp to assign a queue to the SP group.

Use undo qos wfq group sp to remove a queue from the SP group.

Syntax

qos wfq queue-id group sp

undo qos wfq queue-id

Default

The default queue scheduling algorithm on an interface varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

This command is available only on a WFQ-enabled interface. Queues in the SP group are scheduled with SP, instead of WFQ. The SP group has higher scheduling priority than the WFQ groups.

You must use the qos wfq command to enable WFQ before you configure this command.

Examples

# Enable WFQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and assign queue 0 to the SP group.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq weight

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq 0 group sp

Related commands

display qos queue wfq interface

qos bandwidth queue

qos wfq

Congestion management commands -- GMB commands -- display qos queue gmb interface

Use display qos queue gmb interface to display the GMB queuing configuration of an interface.

Syntax

display qos queue gmb interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the GMB queuing configuration of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the GMB queuing configuration of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue gmb interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue: Guaranteed Minimum Bandwidth queuing

Queue ID Queue name Min bandwidth

----------------------------------------------------------------

0 be 2

1 af1 3

2 af2 30

3 af3 10

4 af4 10

5 ef 10

6 cs6 10

7 cs7 strict

Table 51 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.
Min bandwidth | Minimum guaranteed bandwidth for the queue.

Congestion management commands -- GMB commands -- qos gmb

Use qos gmb to enable GMB queuing on an interface.

Use undo qos gmb to disable GMB queuing on an interface.

Syntax

qos gmb

undo qos gmb

Default

GMB queuing is disabled on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

You must enable GMB queuing before you can set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for a queue.

Examples

# Enable GMB queuing on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gmb

Congestion management commands -- GMB commands -- qos gmb min-bandwidth

Use qos gmb min-bandwidth to set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for a queue.

Use undo qos gmb to restore the default.

Syntax

qos gmb queue-id min-bandwidth { percent percent | strict }

undo qos gmb queue-id

Default

No minimum guaranteed bandwidth is set for a queue.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

percent percent: Specifies the minimum guaranteed bandwidth in percentage.

strict: Specifies the queue as a strict priority queue.

Usage guidelines

Before you can configure this command on an interface, you must use the qos gmb command to enable GMB queuing on the interface.

An interface can have only one strict priority queue. The strict priority queue can use any amount of available bandwidth that it requires. The remaining bandwidth is allocated to the other queues in proportion to their configured percentage values.

Examples

# Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth to 10% for queue 0 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gmb

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gmb 0 min-bandwidth percent 10

# Configure queue 0 as the strict priority queue on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gmb

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gmb 1 min-bandwidth strict

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- bandwidth queue

Use bandwidth queue to set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for a queue.

Use undo bandwidth queue to restore the default.

Syntax

bandwidth queue queue-id min bandwidth-value

undo bandwidth queue queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Queue scheduling profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

min bandwidth-value: Specifies the minimum guaranteed bandwidth in kbps. The value range for the bandwidth-value argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

You must configure a queue as a WFQ queue before you set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for the queue.

The minimum guaranteed bandwidth is the amount of bandwidth guaranteed for a queue when the interface is congested.

Examples

# Configure queue 0 as a WFQ queue, and set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth to 100 kbps for queue 0.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile] queue 0 wfq group 1 weight 1

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile] bandwidth queue 0 min 100

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- display qos qmprofile configuration

Use display qos qmprofile configuration to display the queue scheduling profile configuration.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos qmprofile [ four-queue ] configuration [ profile-name ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos qmprofile [ four-queue ] configuration [ profile-name ] [ slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos qmprofile [ four-queue ] configuration [ profile-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ cpu cpu-number ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

four-queue: Displays the 4-queue scheduling profile configuration. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays the 8-queue scheduling profile configuration.

profile-name: Specifies a queue scheduling profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a queue scheduling profile, this command displays the configuration of all queue scheduling profiles.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the queue scheduling profile configuration for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the queue scheduling profile configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the queue scheduling profile configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the queue scheduling profile configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays the queue scheduling profile configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

cpu cpu-number: Specifies a CPU by its number. This option is available only if multiple CPUs are available on the specified slot.

Examples

# Display the configuration of queue scheduling profile myprofile.

<Sysname> display qos qmprofile configuration myprofile

Queue management profile: myprofile (ID 1) Basic

Queue ID Type Group Schedule Schedule Min Max Service

unit value bandwidth bandwidth type

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

be SP N/A N/A N/A 64 10000 STB

af1 WFQ 1 byte-count N/A 100 10000 STB

af2 WRR 1 weight 100 100 10000 VoIP

af3 WRR 1 weight 100 100 10000 HSI

af4 WRR 1 weight 50 100 10000 HSI

ef WRR 1 weight 50 100 10000 STB

cs6 WRR 1 weight 100 100 10000 STB

cs7 WRR 1 weight 50 100 10000 HSI

# Display the configuration of all 4-queue scheduling profiles.

<Sysname> display qos qmprofile four-queue configuration

Queue management profile: b (ID 1) four-queue

Queue ID Type Group Schedule Schedule Min Max Service

unit value bandwidth bandwidth type

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

be SP N/A N/A N/A 64 64 HSI

af1 SP N/A N/A N/A 64 64 HSI

af2 SP N/A N/A N/A 64 64 HSI

ef WRR 2 byte-count 64 100 1000 VoIP

Table 52 Command output

Field | Description
Queue management profile | Queue scheduling profile name.
Basic | This word indicates a basic queue scheduling profile. If this word is absent, the queue scheduling profile is advanced.
Type | Queue scheduling type: ¡¤ SP. ¡¤ WRR. ¡¤ WFQ.
Group | Priority group to which the queue belongs. N/A indicates this field is ignored.
Schedule unit | Scheduling unit: weight or byte-count. N/A indicates that this field is ignored.
Schedule value | This field indicates: ¡¤ Number of packets for the weight scheduling unit. ¡¤ Number of bytes for the byte-count scheduling unit. N/A indicates that this field is ignored.
Min bandwidth | Minimum guaranteed bandwidth for the queue. N/A indicates that this field is ignored.
Max bandwidth | Maximum allowed bandwidth for the queue. N/A indicates that this field is ignored.

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- display qos qmprofile interface

Use display qos qmprofile interface to display the queue scheduling profile applied to an interface.

Syntax

display qos qmprofile interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the queue scheduling profiles applied to all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the queue scheduling profile applied to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos qmprofile interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Inbound

Queue management profile: myprofile

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: Outbound

Queue management profile: myprofile

Table 53 Command output

Field | Description
Direction | Direction in which the queue scheduling profile is applied.
Queue management profile | Name of the queue scheduling profile applied to the interface.

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- group

Use group to set the maximum bandwidth allowed for a group.

Use undo group to restore the default.

Syntax

group group-id max-bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo group group-id max-bandwidth

Default

The maximum bandwidth is not set for a group.

Views

Queue scheduling profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

group group-id: Specifies a group by its ID. The value range for the group-id argument varies by device model.

max-bandwidth bandwidth-value: Specifies the maximum bandwidth in kbps. The value range for the bandwidth-value argument varies by device model.

Examples

# Create an advanced queue scheduling profile named myprofile, and set the maximum bandwidth to 200000 kbps for group 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile] group 1 max-bandwidth 200000

Related commands

display qos qmprofile interface

qos qmprofile

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- qos apply qmprofile (interface view)

Use qos apply qmprofile to apply a queue scheduling profile to an interface.

Use undo qos apply qmprofile to restore the default.

Syntax

qos apply qmprofile profile-name [ inbound ]

undo qos apply qmprofile [ inbound ]

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a queue scheduling profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the queue scheduling profile to the inbound direction. If you do not specify this keyword, the command applies the queue scheduling profile to the outbound direction.

Usage guidelines

You can apply only one queue scheduling profile to one direction of an interface.

Examples

# Apply queue scheduling profile myprofile to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos apply qmprofile myprofile

# Apply queue scheduling profile myprofile to the inbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos apply qmprofile myprofile inbound

Related commands

display qos qmprofile interface

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- qos apply qmprofile (session group profile view)

Use qos apply qmprofile to apply a queue scheduling profile to a session group profile.

Use undo qos apply qmprofile to restore the default.

Syntax

qos apply qmprofile [ four-queue ] profile-name

undo qos apply qmprofile

Default

The default setting varies by device model.

Views

Session group profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

four-queue: Specifies a 4-queue scheduling profile. If you do not specify this keyword, an 8-queue scheduling profile is applied.

profile-name: Specifies a queue scheduling profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can apply only one queue scheduling profile to a session group profile.

Examples

# Apply 4-queue scheduling profile myprofile to a session group profile.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile a123 type session-group

[Sysname-session-group-profile-a123] qos apply qmprofile four-queue myprofile

# Apply 8-queue scheduling profile myprofile to a session group profile.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile a123 type session-group

[Sysname-session-group-profile-a123] qos apply qmprofile myprofile

Related commands

display qos qmprofile interface

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- qos apply qmprofile fabric

Use qos apply qmprofile fabric to apply a queue scheduling profile to the switching fabric module.

Use undo qos apply qmprofile fabric to restore the default.

Syntax

qos apply qmprofile profile-name fabric

undo qos apply qmprofile profile-name fabric

Default

No queue scheduling profile is applied to the switching fabric module.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a queue scheduling profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Apply queue scheduling profile myprofile to the switching fabric module.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos apply qmprofile myprofile fabric

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- qos qmprofile

Use qos qmprofile to create a queue scheduling profile and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing queue scheduling profile.

Use undo qos qmprofile to delete a queue scheduling profile.

Syntax

qos qmprofile profile-name [ type four-queue ] [ basic ]

undo qos qmprofile profile-name

Default

No user-created queue scheduling profiles exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a name for the queue scheduling profile, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

type four-queue: Specifies that the queue scheduling profile supports four queues.

basic: Specifies the queue scheduling profile as basic. If you do not specify this keyword, the command creates an advanced queue scheduling profile.

Usage guidelines

To delete a queue scheduling profile already applied to an object, first remove it from the object.

Examples

# Create a basic queue scheduling profile named myprofile and enter queue scheduling profile view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile basic

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile]

# Create an advanced queue scheduling profile named myprofile and enter queue scheduling profile view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile]

# Create a 4-queue scheduling profile named myprofile and enter 4-queue scheduling profile view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile type four-queue

[Sysname-qmprofile-four-queue-myprofile]

Related commands

display qos qmprofile interface

queue

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- queue (4-queue scheduling profile view)

Use queue to configure queue scheduling parameters.

Use undo queue to delete queue scheduling parameter settings.

Syntax

queue queue-id { sp | wrr group group-id { weight | byte-count } schedule-value } [ min-bandwidth bandwidth-value | max-bandwidth bandwidth-value | service-type service-type-value ] *

undo queue queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

4-queue scheduling profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

sp: Enables SP for the queue.

wrr: Enables WRR for the queue.

group group-id: Specifies a WRR group by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

schedule-value: Specifies the scheduling weight. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

min-bandwidth bandwidth-value: Specifies the minimum bandwidth in kbps guaranteed for a queue when the interface is congested. Only advanced queue scheduling profiles support this option.

max-bandwidth bandwidth-value: Specifies the maximum allowed bandwidth in kbps. Only advanced queue scheduling profiles support this option.

service-type service-type-value: Specifies the service type, which can be HSI, STB, or VoIP. Only advanced queue scheduling profiles support this option.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times for the same queue, the most recent configuration takes effect.

The queue-id argument can be either a number or a keyword. Table 49 shows the number-keyword map.

Examples

# Create a 4-queue scheduling profile named myprofile. Configure queue 0 to meet the following requirements:

¡¤ The SP queuing is used.

¡¤ The minimum guaranteed bandwidth is 40 kbps.

¡¤ The service type is HSI.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile type four-queue

[Sysname-qmprofile-four-queue-myprofile] queue 0 sp min-bandwidth 40 service-type hsi

# Create a 4-queue scheduling profile named myprofile. Configure queue 1 to meet the following requirements:

¡¤ The WRR queuing is used.

¡¤ The WRR group is group 1.

¡¤ The scheduling weight is 100.

¡¤ The minimum guaranteed bandwidth is 40 kbps.

¡¤ The service type is HSI.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile type four-queue

[Sysname-qmprofile-four-queue-myprofile] queue 1 wrr group 1 weight 63 min-bandwidth 40 service-type hsi

Congestion management commands -- Queue scheduling profile commands -- queue (queue scheduling profile view)

Use queue to configure queue scheduling parameters.

Use undo queue to delete queue scheduling parameter settings.

Syntax

queue queue-id { sp | wfq group group-id { weight | byte-count } schedule-value | wrr group group-id { weight | byte-count } schedule-value } [ max-bandwidth bandwidth-value | service-type service-type-value ] *

undo queue queue-id

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

Queue scheduling profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

sp: Enables SP for the queue.

wfq: Enables WFQ for the queue.

wrr: Enables WRR for the queue.

group group-id: Specifies a WFQ or WRR group by its ID. The value range for group-id varies by device model.

byte-count: Allocates bandwidth to queues in bytes.

weight: Allocates bandwidth to queues in packets.

schedule-value: Specifies the scheduling weight. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

max-bandwidth bandwidth-value: Specifies the maximum allowed bandwidth in kbps. Only advanced queue scheduling profiles support this option.

service-type service-type-value: Specifies the service type, which can be HSI (High Speed Internet), STB (Set Top Box), or VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol). Only advanced queue scheduling profiles support this option.

Examples

# Create a queue scheduling profile named myprofile, and configure queue 0 to use SP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile] queue 0 sp

# Create a queue scheduling profile named myprofile. Configure queue 1 to meet the following requirements:

¡¤ The WRR queuing is used.

¡¤ The WRR group is group 1.

¡¤ The scheduling weight is 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos qmprofile myprofile

[Sysname-qmprofile-myprofile] queue 1 wrr group 1 weight 10

Related commands

display qos qmprofile interface

qos qmprofile

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue af

Use queue af to enable assured-forwarding (AF) and set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth for AF.

Use undo queue af to restore the default.

Syntax

queue af bandwidth bandwidth [ pir peak-information-rate ]

undo queue af

Default

AF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the minimum guaranteed bandwidth in kbps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The default and the value range for peak-information-rate vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

If you execute the queue af command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Enable AF in traffic behavior database and set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth to 200 kbps for AF.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue ef

Use queue ef to enable expedited forwarding (EF) and set the maximum bandwidth for EF.

Use undo queue ef to restore the default.

Syntax

queue ef bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs burst ] [ pir peak-information-rate ]

undo queue ef

Default

EF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the maximum bandwidth in kbps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

cbs burst: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for burst vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The default and the value range for peak-information-rate vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

This command and the queue af command are mutually exclusive in one traffic behavior.

The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

If you execute the queue ef command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure EF in traffic behavior database, with the maximum bandwidth as 200 kbps and CBS as 5000 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue ef bandwidth 200 cbs 5000

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- queue wfq

Use queue wfq to configure WFQ for the default class.

Use undo queue wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

queue wfq

undo queue wfq

Default

WFQ is not configured for the default class.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Examples

# Configure the default class to use WFQ.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior test

[Sysname-behavior-test] queue wfq

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- weight

Use weight to set the WFQ weight.

Use undo weight to restore the default.

Syntax

weight weight-value

undo weight

Default

The WFQ weight is 1 for AF and EF. The WFQ weight is 0 for BE.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

weight-value: Specifies the weight value. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

The following traffic is scheduled by using WFQ:

¡¤ Traffic between the minimum guaranteed bandwidth and PIR.

¡¤ Traffic between the maximum bandwidth and PIR.

If you execute the weight command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database1 as follows:

¡¤ Enable AF, and set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth to 200 kbps and the PIR to 500 kbps.

¡¤ Set the WFQ weight to 100 for traffic between 200 kbps and 500 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue-length 16

# Configure traffic behavior database2 as follows:

¡¤ Enable EF, and set the maximum bandwidth to 400 kbps and the PIR to 800 kbps.

¡¤ Set the WFQ weight to 200 for traffic between 400 kbps and 800 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database2

[Sysname-behavior-database2] queue ef bandwidth 400 pir 800

[Sysname-behavior-database2] weight 200

Congestion management commands -- CBQ commands -- wred

Use wred to configure WRED.

Use undo wred to restore the default.

Syntax

wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ]

undo wred

Default

WRED is disabled.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp: Uses the DSCP value for calculating the drop probability for a packet.

ip-precedence: Uses the IP precedence value for calculating the drop probability for a packet. This is they default.

Usage guidelines

You must configure the queue af or queue wfq command before you can configure this command.

When you apply a QoS policy configured with WRED to an interface, the original MQC or non-MQC WRED configuration becomes invalid.

Examples

# Enable IP-precedence-based WRED in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred

Congestion management commands -- Low-latency queuing command -- queue low-latency enable

Use queue low-latency enable to enable low-latency queuing.

Use undo queue low-latency enable to disable low-latency queuing.

Syntax

queue low-latency enable

undo queue low-latency enable

Default

Low-latency queuing is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

In the scenario requiring a low forwarding delay, you can enable low-latency queuing, so that the device can reduce the forwarding delay.

On a device that supports MDCs, this feature is supported only by the default MDC. For more information about MDCs, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Enable low-latency queuing.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] queue low-latency enable

Congestion management commands -- Queue aging time commands -- qos queue aging-time

Use qos queue aging-time to set the queue aging time.

Use undo qos queue aging-time to restore the default.

Syntax

qos queue aging-time time-value

undo qos queue aging-time

Default

The aging function is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

time-value: Specifies the queue aging time in the range of 100 to 500 milliseconds. The specified value must be an integral multiple of 100.

Usage guidelines

The aging timer starts when a packet enters a queue. If the packet is still in the queue when the aging timer expires, the packet is dropped.

Examples

# Set the queue aging time to 100 milliseconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos queue aging-time 100

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- display qos wred interface

Use display qos wred interface to display the WRED information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos wred interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WRED information for all interfaces.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the WRED information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Examples

# Display the WRED information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos wred interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/3

Current WRED configuration:

Applied WRED table name: q1

Table 54 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface type and interface number.

‌

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- display qos wred table

Use display qos wred table to display the WRED table configuration.

Syntax

Centralized devices:

display qos wred table [ name table-name ]

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos wred table [ name table-name ] [ slot slot-number ]

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos wred table [ name table-name ] [ chassis chassis-number slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

name table-name: Specifies a WRED table by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify a WRED table, this command displays the configuration of all WRED tables.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays the WRED table configuration for the active MPU. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the WRED table configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. If you do not specify a member device or PEX, this command displays the WRED table configuration for the master device. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. If you do not specify this option, the command displays the WRED table configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. If you do not specify a card or PEX, this command displays the WRED table configuration for the global active MPU. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Examples

# Display the configuration of WRED table 1.

<Sysname> display qos wred table name 1

Table name: 1

Table type: Queue based WRED

QID gmin gmax gprob ymin ymax yprob rmin rmax rprob exponent ECN

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

1 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

2 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

3 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

4 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

5 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

6 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

7 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 100 1000 10 9 N

Table 55 Command output

Field | Description
Table name | Name of a WRED table.
Table type | Type of a WRED table.
QID | Queue ID.
gmin | Lower limit for green packets.
gmax | Upper limit for green packets.
gprob | Drop probability for green packets.
ymin | Lower limit for yellow packets.
ymax | Upper limit for yellow packets.
yprob | Drop probability for yellow packets.
rmin | Lower limit for red packets.
rmax | Upper limit for red packets.
rprob | Drop probability for red packets.
exponent | Exponent for average queue length calculation.
ECN | ‌ Indicates whether ECN is enabled for the queue: ¡¤ Y¡ªEnabled. ¡¤ N¡ªDisabled.

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred apply

Use qos wred apply to apply a WRED table to an interface.

Use undo qos wred apply to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred apply [ table-name ]

undo qos wred apply

Default

No WRED table is applied to an interface, and the tail drop mode is used on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

table-name: Specifies a WRED table by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify a WRED table, this command applies the default WRED table to the interface.

Examples

# Apply WRED table table1 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred apply table1

Related commands

display qos wred interface

display qos wred table

qos wred queue table

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred dscp

Use qos wred dscp to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for a DSCP value.

Use undo qos wred dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred dscp dscp-value low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit discard-probability discard-prob

undo qos wred dscp dscp-value

Default

The lower limit is 10, the upper limit is 30, and the drop probability denominator is 10.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63. This argument can also be represented by using one of the keywords listed in Table 7.

low limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable DSCP-based WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred dscp enable command. The upper and lower limits restrict the average queue length.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with DSCP value 63 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred dscp enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred dscp 63 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred enable

Use qos wred enable to enable WRED on an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos wred enable to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ] enable

undo qos wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ] enable

Default

An interface or PVC uses tail drop.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

dscp: Uses the DSCP values for calculating the drop probability.

ip-precedence: Uses the IP precedence for calculating the drop probability. This is the default.

Usage guidelines

For some devices, you can configure the qos wred enable command to enable WRED on the interface. For other devices, you must enable WFQ on the interface before configuring the qos wred enable command.

Examples

# Enable WRED on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and use the IP precedence for drop probability calculation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence enable

Related commands

display qos wred interface

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred ip-precedence

Use qos wred ip-precedence to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for an IP precedence value.

Use undo qos wred ip-precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit discard-probability discard-prob

undo qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence

Default

The lower limit is 10, the upper limit is 30, and the drop probability denominator is 10.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

ip-precedence precedence: Specifies an IP precedence value in the range of 0 to 7.

low limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable IP precedence-based WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred enable command.

The upper and lower limits restrict the average queue length.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with IP precedence value 3 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred queue table

Use qos wred queue table to create a WRED table and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing WRED table.

Use undo qos wred queue table to delete a WRED table.

Syntax

qos wred queue table table-name

undo qos wred queue table table-name

Default

No WRED tables exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

table table-name: Specifies a name for the WRED table, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You cannot delete a WRED table in use. To delete it, first remove it from the specified interface.

You can use the display qos wred table command to display the default WRED table, which cannot be modified or deleted.

Examples

# Create a queue-based WRED table named queue-table1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos wred queue table queue-table1

[Sysname-wred-table-queue-table1]

Related commands

display qos wred table

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- qos wred weighting-constant

Use qos wred weighting-constant to set the exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size.

Use undo qos wred weighting-constant to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred weighting-constant exponent

undo qos wred weighting-constant

Default

The exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size is 9.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

exponent: Specifies the exponent for average queue length calculation, in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred enable command.

If you execute the qos wred weighting-constant command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the exponent for the average queue size calculation to 6 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred weighting-constant 6

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- queue

Use queue to configure the drop-related parameters for a queue in the queue-based WRED table.

Use undo queue to restore the default.

Syntax

queue queue-id [ drop-level drop-level ] low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit [ discard-probability discard-prob ]

undo queue { queue-id | all }

Default

The default for this command varies by device model.

Views

WRED table view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

all: Specifies all queues.

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

drop-level drop-level: Specifies a drop level. This argument is a consideration for dropping packets. The value 0 corresponds to green packets, the value 1 corresponds to yellow packets, and the value 2 corresponds to red packets. If you do not specify a drop level, the subsequent configuration takes effect on the packets in the queue regardless of the drop level.

low limit low-limit: Specifies the lower limit for the average queue length. The value range for low-limit varies by device model.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper limit for the average queue length. The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. The value range for high-limit varies by device model.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation. The greater the denominator, the smaller the calculated drop probability. The default and the value range for discard-prob vary by device model.

Usage guidelines

When the average queue size is smaller than the lower threshold, no packet is dropped. When the average queue size is between the lower threshold and the upper threshold, the packets are dropped at random. The longer the queue is, the higher the drop probability is. When the average queue size exceeds the upper threshold, subsequent packets are dropped.

Examples

# In queue-based WRED table queue-table1, configure the following drop-related parameters for packets in queue 1:

¡¤ The drop level is 1.

¡¤ The lower limit for the average queue length is 10.

¡¤ The upper limit for the average queue length is 20.

¡¤ The drop probability is 30%.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos wred queue table queue-table1

[Sysname-wred-table-queue-table1] queue 1 drop-level 1 low-limit 10 high-limit 20 discard-probability 30

Related commands

display qos wred table

qos wred queue table

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- queue ecn

Use queue ecn to enable ECN for a queue.

Use undo queue ecn to restore the default.

Syntax

queue queue-id ecn

undo queue queue-id ecn

Default

ECN is disabled for a queue.

Views

WRED table view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

When both the receiver and sender support ECN, the device can notify the peer end of the congestion status by identifying and setting the ECN flag. ECN avoids deteriorating congestion.

Examples

# In WRED table queue-table1, enable ECN for queue 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos wred queue table queue-table1

[Sysname-wred-table-queue-table1] queue 1 ecn

Related commands

display qos wred table

qos wred queue table

Congestion avoidance commands -- WRED commands -- queue weighting-constant

Use queue weighting-constant to specify an exponent for average queue length calculation for a queue.

Use undo queue weighting-constant to restore the default.

Syntax

queue queue-id weighting-constant exponent

undo queue queue-id weighting-constant

Default

The exponent for average queue length calculation is 9.

Views

WRED table view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

queue-id: Specifies a queue by its ID. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

weighting-constant exponent: Specifies the WRED exponent for average queue length calculation. The value range for exponent varies by device model.

Usage guidelines

The bigger the exponent is, the less sensitive the average queue size is to real-time queue size changes. The average queue size is calculated using the formula:

Average queue size = previous average queue size ¡Á (1-2-n) + current queue size ¡Á 2-n,

where n can be configured with the qos wred weighting-constant command.

Examples

# In WRED table queue-table1, set the exponent for average queue length calculation to 12 for queue 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos wred queue table queue-table1

[Sysname-wred-table-queue-table1] queue 1 weighting-constant 12

Related commands

display qos wred table

qos wred queue table

Global CAR commands -- car name

Use car name to use a global CAR action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo car to restore the default.

Syntax

car name car-name

undo car

Default

No global CAR action is configured in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

car-name: Specifies the name of an aggregate CAR action. This argument must start with a letter, and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

hierarchy-car hierarchy-car-name: Specifies a hierarchical CAR action by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. This argument must start with a letter.

mode: Specifies a collaborating mode between the hierarchical CAR action and the aggregate CAR action, which can be AND (the default) or OR. If you do not specify a collaborating mode, the AND mode applies.

¡¤ and: Specifies the AND mode (the default mode). In this mode, the rate of a flow is limited by both aggregate CAR and the total traffic rate defined with hierarchical CAR.

¡¤ or: Specifies the OR mode. In this mode, a flow can perform one of the following operations:

¡ Pass through at the rate equal to the aggregate CAR applied to it.

¡ Pass through at a higher rate if the total traffic rate of all flows does not exceed the hierarchical CAR.

Examples

# Use aggregate CAR action aggcar-1 in traffic behavior be1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior be1

[Sysname-behavior-be1] car name aggcar-1

# Configure traffic behavior be1 to use aggregate CAR action aggcar-1 and hierarchical CAR action hcar, with the collaborating mode as or.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior be1

[Sysname-behavior-be1] car name aggcar-1 hierarchy-car hcar mode or

Related commands

display qos car name

display traffic behavior user-defined

Global CAR commands -- display qos car name

Use display qos car name to display information about global CAR actions.

Syntax

display qos car name [ car-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

car-name: Specifies a global CAR action by its name. This argument must start with a letter, and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a global CAR action, this command displays information about all global CAR actions, including aggregate CAR actions and hierarchical CAR actions.

Examples

# (Centralized devices.) Display information about all global CAR actions.

<Sysname> display qos car name

Name: a

Mode: aggregative

CIR 32 (kbps) CBS: 2048 (Bytes) PIR: 888 (kbps) EBS: 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Slot 0:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Name: b

Mode: hierarchy

CIR 64 (kbps) CBS: 2048 (Bytes) PIR: 888 (kbps) EBS: 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Slot 0:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Display information about all global CAR actions.

<Sysname> display qos car name

Name: a

Mode: aggregative

CIR 32 (kbps) CBS: 2048 (Bytes) PIR: 888 (kbps) EBS: 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Slot 0:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Slot 1:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Slot 2:

Apply failed

Name: b

Mode: hierarchy

CIR 64 (kbps) CBS: 2048 (Bytes) PIR: 888 (kbps) EBS: 0 (Bytes)

Green action : pass

Yellow action : pass

Red action : discard

Slot 0:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Slot 1:

Apply failed

Slot 2:

Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Red packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Table 56 Command output

Field | Description
Name | Name of the global CAR action.
Mode | Type of the CAR action, which can be aggregative or hierarchy.
CIR CBS PIR EBS | Parameters for the CAR action.
Green action | Action to take on green packets: ¡¤ discard¡ªDrops the packets. ¡¤ pass¡ªPermits the packets to pass through.
Yellow action | Action to take on yellow packets: ¡¤ discard¡ªDrops the packets. ¡¤ pass¡ªPermits the packets to pass through.
Red action | Action to take on red packets: ¡¤ discard¡ªDrops the packets. ¡¤ pass¡ªPermits the packets to pass through.
Green packet | Statistics about green packets.
Yellow packet | Statistics about yellow packets.
Red packet | Statistics about red packets.

Global CAR commands -- qos car (interface view)

Use qos car to apply an aggregate CAR action to an interface.

Use undo qos car to remove an aggregate CAR action from an interface.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number } name car-name

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number }

Default

No aggregate CAR action is applied to an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs aggregate CAR for incoming packets.

outbound: Performs aggregate CAR for outgoing packets.

any: Performs aggregate CAR for all IP packets.

acl acl-number: Performs aggregate CAR for packets matching an IPv4 ACL. The value range for acl-number is 2000 to 5999.

acl ipv6 acl-number: Performs aggregate CAR for packets matching an IPv6 ACL. The acl-number is in the range of 2000 to 3999.

name car-name: Specifies the name of an aggregate CAR action. This argument must start with a letter, and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can apply multiple aggregate CAR actions to an interface. These aggregate CAR actions are executed in the order they are configured.

Examples

# Apply aggregate CAR action aggcar-1 to the inbound packets matching CAR list 1 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car inbound carl 1 name aggcar-1

Related commands

display qos car interface

Global CAR commands -- qos car (system view)

Use qos car aggregative to configure an aggregate or hierarchical CAR action.

Use undo qos car to delete an aggregate or hierarchical CAR action.

Syntax

qos car car-name aggregative cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

qos car car-name aggregative cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car car-name

Default

No aggregate or hierarchical CAR action is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

car-name: Specifies the name of the global CAR action. This argument must start with a letter, and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

aggregative: Specifies the global CAR action as an aggregate CAR action.

hierarchy: Specifies the global CAR action as a hierarchical CAR action.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps, which is an average traffic rate. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes. The default and the value range for committed-burst-size vary by device model.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes. The default and the value range for excess-burst-size vary by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in kbps. The default and the value range for peak-information-rate vary by device model.

green action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to CIR. The default setting is pass.

red action: Specifies the action to take on the packet that conforms to neither CIR nor PIR. The default setting is discard.

yellow action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to PIR but not to CIR. The default setting is pass.

action: Specifies the action to take on packets:

¡¤ discard: Drops the packet.

¡¤ pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-continue new-atmclp: Sets the CLP flag bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-atmclp-pass new-atmclp: Sets the CLP bit of the ATM packet to new-atmclp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-atmclp argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

¡¤ remark-frde-continue new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-frde-pass new-frde: Sets the DE bit of the FR packet to new-frde and permits the packet to pass through. The new-frde argument is in the range of 0 to 1.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Remarks the packet with a new IP precedence and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

¡¤ remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Remarks the packet with a new IP precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for aggregate CAR, configure the qos car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for aggregate CAR, configure the qos car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

An aggregate CAR action takes effect only after it is applied to an interface or used in a QoS policy.

A hierarchical CAR action takes effect only after it is used in a QoS policy.

Examples

# Configure aggregate CAR action aggcar-1, where CIR is 25600, CBS is 512000, and red packets are dropped.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos car aggcar-1 aggregative cir 25600 cbs 512000 red discard

# Configure hierarchical CAR action h-car, where CIR is 120 and CBS is 51200.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos car h-car hierarchy cir 120 cbs 51200

Related commands

display qos car name

Global CAR commands -- reset qos car name

Use reset qos car name to clear the statistics about global CAR actions.

Syntax

reset qos car name [ car-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

car-name: Specifies a global CAR action by its name. This argument must start with a letter, and is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a global CAR action, this command clears statistics for all global CAR actions, including aggregate CAR actions and hierarchical CAR actions.

Examples

# Clear the statistics about global CAR action aggcar-1.

<Sysname> reset qos car name aggcar-1

Traffic accounting commands -- display qos traffic-counter

Use display qos traffic-counter to display the traffic statistics and counter configuration.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

display qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

display qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

counter0: Specifies counter 0.

counter1: Specifies counter 1.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Display the outbound traffic statistics and configuration of counter 0 for slot 4.

<Sysname> display qos traffic-counter outbound counter0 slot 4

Slot 4 outbound counter0 mode:

Interface: all

VLAN: all

Local precedence: all

Drop priority: all

Traffic-counter summary:

Unicast: 1 packets

Multicast: 1 packets

Broadcast: 1 packets

Control packets: 1 packets

Bridge egress filtered packets: 1 packets

Tail drop packets: 1 packets

Tail drop multicast packets: 1 packets

Forwarding restrictions packets: 1 packets

Table 57 Command output

Field | Description
Slot 4 outbound counter0 mode | Monitored objects of the counter in the outbound direction of a slot.
Interface | Interfaces monitored by the counter.
VLAN | VLANs monitored by the counter.
Local precedence | Local precedence values monitored by the counter.
Drop priority | Drop priority values monitored by the counter.
Traffic-counter summary | Summary statistics collected by the counter.
Unicast | Number of unicast packets.
Multicast | Number of multicast packets.
Broadcast | Number of broadcast packets.
Control packets | Number of control packets.
Bridge egress filtered packets | Number of packets filtered in the egress direction of the bridge.
Tail drop packets | Number of packets dropped by tail drop.
Tail drop multicast packets | Number of multicast packets dropped by tail drop.
Forwarding restrictions packets | Number of packets that are prevented from being forwarded.

Traffic accounting commands -- qos traffic-counter

Use qos traffic-counter to enable traffic accounting.

Use undo qos traffic-counter to disable traffic accounting.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } slot slot-number [ drop-priority drop-priority | interface interface-type interface-number | local-precedence local-precedence | vlan vlan-id ] *

undo qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } chassis chassis-number slot slot-number [ drop-priority drop-priority | interface interface-type interface-number | local-precedence local-precedence | vlan vlan-id ] *

undo qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Default

Traffic accounting is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

counter0: Specifies counter 0.

counter1: Specifies counter 1.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

drop-priority drop-priority: Specifies a drop priority in the range of 0 to 2. If you do not specify a drop priority value, this command monitors the traffic with any drop priority value.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command monitors the traffic of each interface.

local-precedence local-precedence: Specifies a local precedence value in the range of 0 to 7. If you do not specify a local precedence value, this command monitors the traffic with any local precedence value.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN by its ID in the range of 1 to 4094. If you do not specify a VLAN, this command monitors the traffic of each VLAN.

Usage guidelines

A card provides two counters for traffic accounting. The monitored object can be an interface, a VLAN, a local precedence value, or a drop priority value.

When you specify a new monitored object by using the qos traffic-counter command, the counter is reset automatically.

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Enable counter 0 in slot 1 to collect statistics about the outbound traffic on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos traffic-counter outbound counter0 slot 1 interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Traffic accounting commands -- reset qos traffic-counter

Use reset qos traffic-counter to clear the traffic statistics collected by a counter.

Syntax

Distributed devices in standalone mode:Centralized IRF devices:

reset qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } slot slot-number

Distributed devices in IRF mode:

reset qos traffic-counter { inbound | outbound } { counter0 | counter1 } chassis chassis-number slot slot-number

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

counter0: Specifies counter 0.

counter1: Specifies counter 1.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. (Distributed devices in standalone mode.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID or specifies a PEX by its virtual slot number. (Centralized IRF devices.) (IRF 3 capable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 incapable.)

chassis chassis-number slot slot-number: Specifies a card on an IRF member device or specifies a PEX. The chassis-number argument represents the member ID of the IRF member device or the virtual chassis number of the PEX. The slot-number argument represents the slot number of the card or PEX. (Distributed devices in IRF mode.) (IRF 3 capable.)

Examples

# (Distributed devices in standalone mode.) (Centralized IRF devices.) Clear the outbound traffic statistics collected by counter 0 on slot 4.

<Sysname> reset qos traffic-counter outbound counter0 slot 4

Queue-based accounting commands -- display qos queue-statistics interface outbound

Use display qos queue-statistics interface outbound to display outgoing traffic statistics collected for interfaces on a per-queue basis.

Syntax

display qos queue-statistics interface [ interface-type interface-number ] outbound

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the outgoing traffic statistics for all interfaces.

Examples

# Display queue-based outgoing traffic statistics of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue-statistics interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 outbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Direction: outbound

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Queue 0

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 1

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 2

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 3

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 4

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 5

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 6

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Queue 7

Forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Dropped: 1 packets, 1 bytes

Green forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Green dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Yellow dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red forwarded: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Red dropped: 0 packets, 0 bytes

Total queue length: 0 packets

Current queue length: 0 packets, 0% use ratio

Table 58 Command output

Field | Description
Interface | Interface for which queue-based traffic statistics are displayed.
Direction | Direction of traffic for which statistics are collected.
Forwarded | Counts forwarded traffic both in packets and in bytes.
Dropped | Counts dropped traffic both in packets and in bytes.
Total queue length | Total queue length.
Current queue length | Current queue length.
use ratio | Utilization ratio of the queue.

Related commands

reset counters interface (Interface Command Reference)

Queue-based accounting commands -- display statistic mode

Use display statistic mode to display the packet counting mode.

Syntax

display statistic mode

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

mdc-admin

mdc-operator

Examples

# Display the packet counting mode.

<Sysname> display statistic mode

The packet statistic mode is queue.

Related commands

statistic mode queue

Queue-based accounting commands -- qos queue-statistics

Use qos queue-statistics to enable queue-based traffic accounting.

Use undo qos queue-statistics to disable queue-based traffic accounting.

Syntax

qos queue-statistics { inbound | outbound }

undo qos queue-statistics { inbound | outbound }

Default

Queue-based traffic accounting is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

Examples

# Enable queue-based outgoing traffic accounting.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos queue-statistics outbound

Queue-based accounting commands -- reset qos queue-statistics interface outbound

Use reset qos queue-statistics interface outbound to clear outgoing queue-based traffic statistics for an interface.

Syntax

reset qos queue-statistics interface [ interface-type interface-number ] outbound

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command clears the outgoing queue-based traffic statistics for all interfaces.

Examples

# Clear the outgoing queue-based traffic statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> reset qos queue-statistics interface outbound

# Clear the outgoing queue-based traffic statistics for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> reset qos queue-statistics interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 outbound

Queue-based accounting commands -- statistic mode queue

Use statistic mode queue to set the packet counting mode to queue.

Use undo statistic mode queue to restore the default.

Syntax

statistic mode queue

undo statistic mode

Default

The default packet counting mode varies by device model.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Usage guidelines

After you configure this command and the qos queue-statistics command, the device collects statistics on packets of each queue. You can use the display qos queue-statistics interface outbound command to display the statistics.

Examples

# Set the packet counting mode to queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] statistic mode queue

Do you want to change the packet statistic mode? [Y/N]:y

Related commands

display statistic mode

statistic mode vsi (VXLAN Command Reference)

statistic mode s-channel (EVB Command Reference)

QPPB commands -- bgp-policy

Use bgp-policy to enable QPPB, which transmits the apply ip-precedence and apply qos-local-id configuration through BGP routing policies.

Use undo bgp-policy to restore the default.

Syntax

bgp-policy { destination | source } { ip-prec-map | ip-qos-map } *

undo bgp-policy { destination | source } [ ip-prec-map | ip-qos-map ] *

bgp-policy { destination | source } ip-prec-map ip-qos-map

undo bgp-policy { destination | source } [ ip-prec-map ip-qos-map ]

Default

QPPB is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

mdc-admin

Parameters

destination: Searches the routing table by destination IP address.

source: Searches the routing table by source IP address. If the source keyword is specified, the source IP address is used as the destination address for inverse lookup.

ip-prec-map: Sets an IP precedence value for matching packets.

ip-qos-map: Sets a local QoS ID for matching packets.

Usage guidelines

The bgp-policy command applies only to the incoming traffic of an interface.

In an MPLS L3VPN, the bgp-policy command is executed after the QoS features are performed in the inbound direction of the PE's public network interface. In any other case, the bgp-policy command is executed before the QoS features.

If you configure either of the following bgp-policy command pairs, both commands in the pair take effect:

¡¤ bgp-policy destination ip-prec-map and bgp-policy source ip-qos-map.

¡¤ bgp-policy source ip-prec-map and bgp-policy destination ip-qos-map.

If you configure either of the following bgp-policy command pairs, the command with the destination keyword in the pair takes effect:

¡¤ bgp-policy destination ip-prec-map and bgp-policy source ip-prec-map.

¡¤ bgp-policy destination ip-qos-map and bgp-policy source ip-qos-map.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to get the IP precedence and local QoS ID by looking up routes based on source IP address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] bgp-policy source ip-prec-map ip-qos-map

Related commands

apply ip-precedence (Layer 3¡ªIP Routing Command Reference)

apply qos-local-id (Layer 3¡ªIP Routing Command Reference)

route-policy (Layer 3¡ªIP Routing Command Reference)